Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Inphi Corporation

Inphi Corporation

iphi · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker iphi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Inphi Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
®

2953 Bunker Hill Lane. Suite 300

Santa Clara, CA  95054

Phone (408) 217-7300

Fax (408) 217-7350

Sales@inphi.com

Copyright ©2017 Inphi Corporation. 

All rights reserved. Inphi is a registered 

trademark of Inphi Corporation

The global leader in high-speed 
data movement interconnects

®

2016 Annual Report 
World-leading innovations

Inphi Leadership in Data Movement Interconnects 
Yields Superior Stockholder Returns

Board of Directors

Inphi Leadership

Inphi Shareholder Return vs. S&P 500

*

Non-GAAP Annual Revenue ($M)

**

Inphi Stockholder Return*

31%

30%

44%

12%

S&P 500 Return*

46%

(1%)

69%

10%

4 %  ( 2

R   8

G

A

C

$100

$43

6 )

1

0

3 - 2

1

0

$193

$266

Dr. Bruce McWilliams 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Intermolecular

2013

2014

2015

2016

2013

2014

2015

2016

Non-GAAP Operating Margin & Gross Margin

**

Non-GAAP EPS

**

Non-GAAP Gross Margin

67.6%

71.7%

73.3%

73.6%

27.1%

22.4%

$1.51

e

u

n

e

v

e

$0.93

n   R

a

h

a s t e r T

g F

w i n

$0.30

S  G r o

P

E

Stock Exchange Listing 

NYSE

IPHI

Ticker Symbol 

Investor Relations 

(408) 217-7308 

investors@inphi.com

Phone: 800-937-5449 

www.amstock.com

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 

Corporate Headquarters 

Inphi Corporation 

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Ste. 300 

Santa Clara, CA 95054 

Phone: (408) 217-7300 

www.inphi.com

Investor Information

®

Dado Banatao 

Managing Partner, Tallwood Venture Capital

Nicholas Brathwaite 

Founding Partner, Riverwood Capital

Dr. Chenming Hu 

University of California, Berkeley,  

EECS, Professor of the Graduate School

David Liddle 

Private Investor

Elissa Murphy 

Vice President, Google

William J. Ruehle 

Private Investor

Sam Srinivasan 

Private Investor

Dr. Ford Tamer 

President and CEO, Inphi Corporation

Dr. Ford Tamer 

President and CEO

Dr. Loi Nguyen 

Founder, Senior Vice President, Optical Interconnect

John Edmunds 

Senior Vice President and CFO

Richard Ogawa 

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Charlie Roach 

Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales

Siddharth Sheth 

Senior Vice President, Networking Interconnect

Dr. Ron Torten 

Senior Vice President of Operations and 

Information Technology

Lawrence Tse 

Senior Vice President of Engineering

Nariman Yousefi 

Senior Vice President, Coherent DSP

0%

(37.2%)

9.0%

Non-GAAP Operating Margin

$0

($0.44)

2013

2014

2015

2016

2013

2014

2015

2016

*As measured by change from opening price on first trading day of year to closing price on last trading day of year

**Pro forma, Non-GAAP results adjusted for discontinued operations of the sale of the Memory Business

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report to Stockholders contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include, but are 

not limited to, statements regarding our strategy, the anticipated benefits and features of our products, use of our products, market acceptance and market 

share of our products, industry and market trends and investments in technology. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other 

factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, 

and reported results should not be considered as an indication of future performance. More information regarding such risks and uncertainties is contained in 

our Form 10-K attached hereto, and in other reports filed by us with the SEC from time-to-time. You are cautioned not to unduly rely on these forward-looking 

statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Inphi Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement 

to reflect circumstances or event after the date of this Annual Report or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events.

April 26, 2017 

Dear Inphi Stockholders: 

2016 was another strong year for Inphi.  We continued to deliver on our financial commitments, while strategically focusing 
our product portfolio on the rapidly growing data center interconnect market. 

Good shareholder return,  
driven by strong financial results 
We delivered a 69% stock price 
appreciation, well ahead of the S&P 
500 10% return for the year.  In 2016, 
we increased our top line non-GAAP 
revenue by 38% to $266 million, while 
we increased non-GAAP earnings per 
share to $1.51, a 62% increase over the 
$0.93 we reported in 2015 from 
continuing operations. Over the past 
four years, from January 1, 2013 to 
December 31, 2016, Inphi stock price 
appreciated 465%, compared to 59% for 
the S&P 500.  During that same 2013-
2016 period, our yearly non-GAAP 
revenue from continuing operations 
increased six fold, resulting in our  
non-GAAP operating margin rising 
from negative territory in 2013 to 
27.1% for 2016.  The revenue growth 
was driven by the 67% organic annual 
growth rate of our core communication 
business.  While focused on growth, we 
continue to invest in R&D to enable 
future revenue growth and shareholder 
return at the high end of our peer group.  
We thank you, our loyal stockholders, 
for your continued support as we scale 
Inphi to the next level. 

End-user trends create exponential 
data and bandwidth demands  
In 2015, we highlighted the following 
end-user trends driving data and 
bandwidth demand in our infrastructure 
markets: video streaming, social 
networking, e-commerce, big data, 4G 
wireless, cloud computing and Internet 
of Things.  These end markets have 
been growing at double digit CAGRs, 
based on third party market research.  In 
2016, we identified new trends that are 
accelerating the increased data and 
traffic across telecom and cloud 
providers, including new media created 

by the merger of network and content 
providers, chatbots, artificial 
intelligence, augmented/virtual/mixed 
reality devices and applications, 5G 
wireless, secure cloud, and autonomous 
vehicles.  In our view, these end-user 
trends create a rapidly growing demand 
environment for our products and 
solutions.   

Underlying infrastructure markets go 
from cyclical to secular growth 
Some of our investors still remember 
the optical bubble of the year 2000. At 
that time, the end-market demand was 
not sustained.  Now, the growing end-
user trends are supporting the growth of 
four infrastructure markets that we are 
focused on serving: China telecom, 
North America telecom, cloud 
providers and enterprise markets. In 
China, 2016 witnessed strong growth 
driven by the rollout of the National 
Backbone infrastructure as part of the 
China Broadband five-year plan.  As I 
write this letter, we expect the second 
phase of this plan to roll out for 
provincial backbones in the second half 
of 2017.  In the United States, a healthy 
competition between the top service 
providers is upping the bandwidth 
requirements from 40 to 100, 200 and 
400 Gigabits-per-second networks.  In 
cloud data centers, the rollout of 100 
Gigabit-per-second is in full force, and 
we expect our inter-data center 
ColorZTM solution to be a big growth 
driver for 80 kilometer distances.  
Finally, we expect a fourth leg of 
growth when large Fortune 500 
enterprises adopt optical solutions, as 
they migrate from 10 to 25 Gigabit per 
second NIC cards.  These four legs 
should provide more stability and 
present a move to secular growth for 
Inphi. 

2016 ushered in a new Inphi 
In order to position Inphi to serve these 
emerging markets, we completed three 
major transformations in our business in 
2016: 
1. We announced ColorZ, our solution 
for 80 kilometer inter-data center 
interconnect, with Microsoft at the 
Optical Fiber Conference (OFC), in 
March; 

2. We completed the sale of our 

memory business to Rambus in 
August; and 

3. We closed on our acquisition of 

ClariPhy, a leader in coherent DSP 
for long haul and metro, in 
December. 

In addition, we furthered our success in 
our core communication business 
during 2016: 
1. We shipped more than 1.5 million 

units of coherent TiAs and drivers in 
2016, clearly demonstrating our 
leadership in optical interconnects; 
2. We introduced our Silicon Photonics 

technology platform for 100G 
DWDM;  

3. We were first to sample 45 Gbaud 

and 64 Gbaud TiA and driver 
offerings for long haul and metro 
markets; and 

4. We introduced our second generation 
50/100/400 Gigabit per second PAM 
transceivers and our 10/25/28 Gigabit 
per second quad retimers.  

These three transformations, combined 
with continued progress in our core 
communications business, morphed 
Inphi from a provider of high-speed 
analog components, to a leader in the 
emerging and rapidly growing market 
for data center interconnects (DCI).  
The new Inphi is well positioned to 
serve the needs of our customers and 
partners in long haul, metro, metro DCI, 
DCI edge, and inside data center market 
segments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Now focused on five product lines  
We have long been proud of our ability 
to work with our customers to supply 
award-winning, leading-edge 
components and solutions for the data 
center of tomorrow. We are particularly 
pleased to have done so as our business 
has evolved from a leading supplier of 
amplifiers and drivers to an annuity 
business built on five related but 
individually thriving product lines: 
•  TransImpedence Amplifier, or TiA; 
•  Driver; 
•  Optical PHY;  
•  ColorZ DWDM; and  
•  Coherent DSP from our ClariPhy 

acquisition.  

We believe these five product families 
create an exceptionally strong and 
stable foundation to absorb unexpected 
bumps in any one sector. We are now 
well positioned to offer platform 
solutions for our system, module and 
data center customers. 

Long haul and metro TiA and Driver 
connections around the globe 
Our long haul and metro TiA and driver 
were the stars of our portfolio, growing 
76% on a year-over-year basis. Our 
driver revenue was up 110% over last 
year and is approaching the scale of our 
TiA business. With cumulative 
shipments of TiA and drivers 
surpassing 2.7 million units, we are 
building on our customers’ trust in us 
and focused on forming even stronger 
relationships in the year ahead.  

As one step in that process, we closed 
the year by sampling the first 64 
Gigabaud devices for the emerging 64 
QAM flex coherent market.  

Speeding data movement with  
optical PHY products   
Moving to our optical PHY product 
line, we also achieved strong revenue 
growth of more than 40% over 2015. 
We saw particularly strong demand for 
our CFP and CFP2 platforms with much 
of the demand from our international 
customers, especially in China.  We 
also saw robust demand for our 10/40 
Gigabit server PHY product line.  As 
we look ahead, it is our PAM design 
wins that will likely propel rapid growth 
for Inphi inside the data centers, in the 
years ahead. 

Accelerating momentum in the  
DCI edge market 
Our proudest accomplishment was the 
unveiling of our ColorZ solution with 
Microsoft at OFC 2016.  ColorZ is the 
industry’s first Silicon Photonics 100G 
PAM4 platform solution for 80km 
DWDM Data Center Interconnects. It 
enables linking data centers within a 
metro area, as if they were one mega 
data center.  ColorZ is delivered in the 
industry standard QSFP28 module form 
factor, and plugs right into a switch.  
The ColorZ solution consumes less than 
5 watts of power, and enables 3.6 
terabits of front plate switch density.  
ColorZ can deliver hundreds of millions 
of dollars in Capex savings due to the 
solution being more cost effective and 
plugging right into a switch.  

It also enables significant OPEX 
savings as it only requires 20% of the 
power of alternative solutions.  We 
expect our customers to ramp ColorZ in 
production, throughout 2017.  Our 
continued focus and investment on 
ColorZ again demonstrates our intent to 
remain at the cutting edge of 
performance while providing 
compelling value to our customers. We 
look for significant contributions from 
this product line over the next five years 
and beyond. 

A roadmap to leadership for  
Terabit optical interconnects 
Building on this success, as we turn to 
2017 we remain focused on anticipating 
the needs of our customers and 
delivering the products they require. We 
are focused on the merger of electronics 
and optics to deliver terabit-scale 
solutions for next generation data center 
interconnects.  Our portfolio of high-
speed analog, low-power expertise, 
high-performance DSP, and optics 
components and sub-system 
understanding is unique and positions 
us well to lead in the future. We will 
continue to innovate while operating 
efficiently and flexibly enough to 
pursue strategic opportunities when we 
see them.  As always, we are fully 
committed to producing superior 
stockholder return.  We thank you again 
for your support and confidence.

Sincerely, 

Ford Tamer 
Inphi President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation
Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures

(amounts in thousands except per share data)
GAAP revenue to Non-GAAP revenue
GAAP revenue from continuing operations
Cortina revenue lost due to purchase accounting
Non-GAAP revenue from continuing operations

GAAP gross margin to Non-GAAP gross margin
GAAP gross margin from continuing operations
Adjustments to GAAP gross margin:
   Stock-based compensation
   Acquisition related adjustments
Non-GAAP gross margin from continuing operations
Non-GAAP gross margin as % of non-GAAP revenue

GAAP operating margin to Non-GAAP operating margin
GAAP operating margin from continuing operations
Adjustments to GAAP operating margin:
   Stock-based compensation
   Acquisition related adjustments
   Write-off of prototype mask sets
   Indirect expenses associated with discontinued operations
   Abandoned office costs
Non-GAAP operating margin from continuing operations
Non-GAAP operating margin as % of non-GAAP revenue

2013
FY

2014
FY

2015
FY

2016
FY

$         

$         

42,951
-
42,951

96,145
3,865
100,010

$       

$       

192,710
408
193,118

$      

$      

266,277
-
266,277

$         

$       

$         

28,018

$         

51,901

$       

120,016

$      

180,696

1,021
-
29,039
67.6%

$         

1,154
18,619
71,674
71.7%

$         

1,359
20,119
141,494
73.3%

$       

1,796
13,460
195,952
73.6%

$      

$        

(32,779)

$        

(35,896)

$          

(9,542)

$        

24,948

13,380
-
-
3,264
146
(15,989)
-37.2%

$        

18,523
21,016
2,075
3,264
-
8,982
9.0%

$           

23,313
26,294
-
3,264
-
43,329
22.4%

$         

27,998
17,411
-
1,904
-
72,261
27.1%

$        

GAAP net loss to Non-GAAP net income
GAAP net income (loss) from continuing operations
Adjustments to GAAP net incom (loss) from continuing operations:
   Stock-based compensation
   Acquisition related adjustments
   Write-off of prototype mask sets
   Indirect expenses associated with discontinued operations
   Abandoned office costs
   Accretion and amortization expense on convertible debt
   Gain on sale of cost method investment
   Valuation allowance, delta in interim period tax allocation and    
       tax effect of the adjustments above from GAAP to non-GAAP
Non-GAAP net income from continuing operations

$        

(33,124)

$        

(36,532)

13,380
-
-
3,264
146
-
-

18,523
21,016
2,075
3,264
-
-
-

$        

(15,961)
-
23,313
26,294
-
3,264
-
592
-

$        

26,513
-
27,998
17,411
-
1,904
-
14,156
(1,138)

3,343
(12,991)

$        

2,148
10,494

$         

1,265
38,767

$         

(20,390)
66,454

$        

Shares used in computing non-GAAP diluted earnings per share

29,493,005

34,720,857

41,525,023

44,032,582

Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

$            

(0.44)

$             

0.30

$             

0.93

$            

1.51

                 
             
                
                
             
             
             
            
                 
           
           
          
           
           
           
          
                 
           
           
          
                 
             
                 
                
             
             
             
            
                
                 
                 
                
                 
                
           
           
           
          
                 
           
           
          
                 
             
                 
                
             
             
             
            
                
                 
                 
                
                 
                 
                
          
                 
                 
                 
           
             
             
             
         
    
    
    
   
This page intentionally left blank

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

(Mark One)   

☑ 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 

Or 

☐ 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-34942 

Inphi Corporation 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

77-0557980 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, California 95054 

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 217-7300  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☑ No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐ No ☑ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☑  No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ☑  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated 
by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer  ☑ 

Accelerated filer  ☐ 

Non-accelerated filer  ☐ 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes ☐   No ☑ 
As  of  June  30,  2016,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  Registrant  was 
approximately $1.3 billion, based on the closing price of $32.03 per share of common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange 
for that date. 

The total number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share, as of February 24, 2017 was 

41,622,444 

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders to be filed no later than 120 days after the conclusion of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

INPHI CORPORATION 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

PART I 
Item 1. 
Business ........................................................................................................................................................    
1 
9 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................    
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................     29 
Properties ......................................................................................................................................................     29 
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................     29 
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures ...............................................................................................................................     30 
Item 4. 

PART II 
Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ......................................................................................................................................................     31 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data ..........................................................................................................     33 
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .......................     35 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .......................................................................     51 
Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................     52 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .......................     92 
Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................     92 
Item 9B.  Other Information .........................................................................................................................................     92 

PART III 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...........................................................................     93 
Executive Compensation ..............................................................................................................................     93 
Item 11. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....     93 
Item 12. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .............................................     94 
Item 13. 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services .......................................................................................................     94 
Item 14. 

PART IV 
Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................     94 
Form 10-K Summary ....................................................................................................................................     94 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995.  When  used  in  this  report,  the  terms  “may,”  “might,”  “will,”  “objective,”  “intend,”  “should,”  “could,”  “can,” 
“would,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “predict,”  “potential,”  “plan,”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms,  and  similar 
expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements include statements regarding our anticipated 
trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate, including the market for 25G to 600G high-speed 
analog semiconductor solutions, demand for our current products, our plans for future products and anticipated features 
and benefits thereof, expansion of our product offerings and enhancements of existing products, anticipated benefits of our 
acquisitions  of  ClariPhy  and  Cortina  and  divestiture  of  our  memory  product  business,  critical  accounting  policies  and 
estimates, our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue, sources of revenue, our tax benefits, the benefits of our 
products and services, our technological capabilities and expertise, timing of the development of our products, our liquidity 
position  and  sufficiency  thereof,  including  our  anticipated  cash  needs  and  uses  of  cash,  our  operating  and  capital 
expenditures and requirements and our needs for additional financing and potential consequences thereof, repatriation of 
cash balances from our foreign subsidiaries, our contractual obligations, our anticipated growth and growth strategies, our 
ability  to  retain  and  attract  customers,  particularly  in  light  of  our  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  for  a 
substantial  portion  of  our  revenue,  competition,  interest  rate  sensitivity,  adequacy  of  our  disclosure  controls,  our  legal 
proceedings and warranty claims. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and 
other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future 
results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these or any other forward-looking statements. These risks 
and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  risks  discussed  below,  as  well  as  factors  affecting  our  results  of 
operations, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain or increase profitability, demand for our solutions, the 
effect  of  declines  in  average  selling  prices  for  our  products,  our  ability  to  compete,  our  ability  to  rapidly  develop  new 
technology  and  introduce  new  products,  our  ability  to  safeguard  our  intellectual  property,  our  ability  to  qualify  for  tax 
holidays and incentives, trends in the semiconductor industry and fluctuations in general economic conditions, and the risks 
set forth throughout this Report, including the risks set forth under Part I, “ Item 1A, Risk Factors”. Readers are cautioned 
not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-looking  statements,  which  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  reflect 
management's opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report. 
We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking 
statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions 
or circumstances on which any such statement is based.  

All references to “Inphi,” “we,” “us” or “our” mean Inphi Corporation.  

Inphi®, iKON™, InphiNityCore™, ColorZ™ and the Inphi logo are trademarks or service marks owned by Inphi. All 

other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this report are the property of their respective owners.  

Overview 

Our Company 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and 
datacenter markets. Our analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data 
speeds  while  reducing  system  power  consumption.  Our  semiconductor  solutions  are  designed  to  address  bandwidth 
bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of 
next generation communications and datacenter infrastructures. Our solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between 
analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise 
networking  equipment  and  datacenters.  We  provide  25G  to  600G  high-speed  analog  semiconductor  solutions  for  the 
communications market. 

On October 3, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina Systems, Inc. including its high-speed interconnect and 
optical transport product lines (Cortina) for approximately $52.5 million in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares of our 
common stock in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 as amended by Amendment No. 1 
to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 25, 2014. We acquired Cortina to expand the Company’s resources 
and market share in high-speed optical and networking interconnects.  

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
On August 4, 2016, we completed the sale of our memory product business to Rambus Inc. for $90 million in cash, 
$11.25 million of which is being held in escrow for a period of the twelve months following the closing as security for our 
indemnification obligations pursuant to the asset purchase agreement, dated June 29, 2016 by and among us, Rambus, Bell 
ID Singapore Ptd Ltd. and Inphi International Pte. Ltd. The divestiture of the memory product business was part of a strategic 
plan to focus on and increase investments in the communication business. As a result of the sale, our financial statements and 
accompanying notes for current and prior periods have been retrospectively reclassified to present the results of operations 
of memory product business as discontinued operations. In addition, discussions this Form 10-K Report focused only on 
continuing operations.  

On December 12, 2016, we completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. (ClariPhy) for $303.7 million 
in  cash.  We  acquired  ClariPhy  to  provide  a  more  complete  coherent  platform  to  our  customers  in  long  haul,  metro  and 
datacenter interconnect applications.  

We leverage our proprietary high-speed analog and mixed signal processing expertise and our deep understanding of 
system architectures to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging communications, enterprise network, computing 
and storage architectures. We develop these solutions as a result of our competitive strengths, including our system-level 
simulation  capabilities,  analog  design  expertise,  strong  relationships  with  industry  leaders,  extensive  broad  process 
technology experience and high-speed package modeling and design expertise. We use our core technology and strength in 
high-speed analog design to enable our customers to deploy next generation communications systems that operate with high 
performance at high speed. We believe we are at the forefront of developing semiconductor solutions that deliver up to 4T 
speeds throughout the network infrastructure, including core, metro and the datacenter.  

We have ongoing, informal collaborative discussions with industry and technology leaders such as Ciena Corporation 
(Ciena), Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco), Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (Huawei), Juniper Networks Inc. (Juniper), Microsoft 
Corporation  (Microsoft)  and  Nokia  Corporation  (Nokia),  to  design  architectures  and  products  that  solve  bandwidth 
bottlenecks  in  existing  and  next  generation  communications  systems.  Although,  we  generally  do  not  have  any  formal 
collaboration  agreements  with  these  entities,  we  often  engage  in  informal  discussions  with  these  entities  with  respect  to 
anticipated technological challenges, next generation customer requirements and industry conventions and standards. We 
help  define  industry  conventions  and  standards  within  the  markets  we  target  by  collaborating  with  technology  leaders, 
original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies. Our products are designed into 
systems sold by OEMs, including Ciena, Cisco, Huawei, Juniper, Microsoft and Nokia. We believe we are one of a limited 
number of suppliers to these OEMs for the type of products we sell, and in some cases we may be the sole supplier for certain 
applications. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to other intermediary systems or module manufacturers that, in turn, 
sell to these OEMs. 

Our Business  

Our semiconductor solutions leverage our deep understanding of high-speed analog and mixed signal processing and 
our system architecture knowledge to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging network and datacenter architectures. 
We design and develop our products for the communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year 
design cycles, and product life cycles of five or more years. We believe our leadership position in developing high-speed 
analog semiconductors is a result of the following core strengths:  

● 

● 

System-Level Simulation Capabilities. We design our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions to be critical
components in complex systems. In order to understand and solve system problems, we work closely with systems
vendors  to  develop  proprietary  component,  channel  and  system  simulation  models.  We  use  these  proprietary
simulation and validation tools to accurately predict system performance prior to fabricating the semiconductor
or  alternatively,  to  identify  and  optimize  critical  semiconductor  parameters  to  satisfy  customer  system
requirements. We use these simulation and validation capabilities to reduce our customers’ time to market and
engineering investments, thus enabling us to establish differentiated design relationships with our customers.  

Analog  Design  Expertise.  We  believe  that  we  are  a  leader  in  developing  broadband  analog  semiconductors
operating  at  high  frequencies  of  up  to  100  GHz.  High-speed  analog  circuit  design  is  extremely  challenging
because, as frequencies increase, semiconductors are increasingly sensitive to temperature, power supply noise,
process  variation  and  interaction  with  neighboring  circuit  elements.  Development  of  components  that  work
robustly at high frequencies requires an understanding of analog circuit design, including electromagnetic theory
and practical experience in implementation and testing. Our analog design expertise has enabled us to design and
commercially  ship  several  first  in  the  world  technologies  including  the  first  100G  linear  transimpedance

2 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
● 

● 

amplifier, or TIA, and the first 400G linear modulator driver that is now being widely deployed in volume globally
in  Long  Haul  and  Metro  networking  infrastructures.  We  launched  the  world’s  first  50/100/200/400G  PAM4
interconnect ICs for cloud interconnects. The chipset solution included multiple variants of the PAM4 PHY IC
based  on  a  highly  adaptable  and  scalable  InphiNityCore™  digital  signal  processing  (DSP)  engine  and  the
OmniConnect™ transmitter for copper and optics media along with a companion linear TIA for Nx50G PAM4 
interfaces. 

Strong  Relationships  with  Industry  Leaders.  We  develop  many  of  our  high-speed  analog  semiconductor 
solutions for applications and systems that are driven by industry leaders in the communications, datacenter and
computing  markets.  Through  our  established  relationships  with  industry  leaders,  we  have  repeatedly
demonstrated the ability to address their technological challenges. As a result, we are designed into several of
their current systems and believe we are well-positioned to develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions
for  their  emerging  architectures.  We  have  ongoing,  informal  collaborative  discussions  with  communication,
networking companies, and datacenter companies such as Cisco, Ciena, Huawei, Juniper and Microsoft, among 
others  to  address  their  next  generation  100G  and  beyond  100G  efforts.  Specifically,  we  engage  in  informal
discussions  with  these  entities  with  respect  to  anticipated  technological  challenges,  next  generation  customer
requirements and industry conventions and standards. As a result of our development efforts with industry leaders,
we help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology
leaders, OEMs  and  systems  manufacturers,  as  well  as  standards bodies such  as  the Institute  of  Electrical  and
Electronic Engineers, or IEEE, and the Optical Internetworking Forum, or OIF, to establish industry standards.  

Broad Process Technology. We employ process technology experts, device technologists and circuit designers 
who have extensive experience in many process technologies including CMOS, SiGe and III-V technologies such 
as  gallium  arsenide,  or  GaAs,  or  indium  phosphide,  or  InP.  We  have  developed  specific  internal  models  and
design kits for each process to support a uniform design methodology across all of our semiconductor solutions.
For example, our products using 16 nanometer CMOS technology require development of accurate models for
sub-circuits such as integrated phase lock loop, or PLLs, varactors and inductors. In addition, for III-V materials-
based  processes,  in-house  model  development  is  a  necessity  and  we  believe  also  provides  a  substantial
competitive advantage because these processes have complex material and device interactions. Combined with 
our  fabless  manufacturing  strategy,  our  design  expertise,  proprietary  model  libraries  and  uniform  design
methodology allow us to use the best possible materials and substrates to design and develop our semiconductor
solutions. We believe that our ability to design high-speed analog semiconductors in a wide range of materials
and process technologies allows us to provide superior performance, power, cost and reliability for a specific set
of market requirements.  

●  High-Speed Package Modeling and Design. We have developed deep expertise in high-speed package modeling 
and  design,  since  introducing  the  first  high-speed  50  GHz  MUX  and  DEMUX  product  in  2001.  At  high
frequencies, the interaction between an analog device, its package and the external environment can significantly 
affect  product  performance.  Accurately  modeling  and  developing  advanced  packaging  allows  semiconductor
solutions to address this challenge. Due to the advanced nature of this work, there is a limited supply of engineers
with experience in high-speed package modeling and design, and therefore, this required expertise can be difficult
to acquire for companies that have not invested in developing such a skill set. We have developed an infrastructure
to simulate electrical, mechanical and thermal properties of devices and packages that we integrate within our
semiconductor design process and implement at our third-party packaging providers. Modeling is an inherently
iterative process, and since our model libraries are used extensively by our circuit designers, the accuracy and
value of these models increases over time. Our current packaging and modeling techniques enable us to deliver
semiconductors that are energy efficient, offer high-speed processing and enable advanced signal integrity, all in 
a small footprint.  

We  believe  that  our  system-level  simulation  capabilities,  our  analog  design  and  broad  process  technology  design 
capabilities  as  well  as  our  strengths  in  packaging  enable  us  to  differentiate  ourselves  by  delivering  advanced  high-speed 
analog signal processing solutions. For example, we believe we are the first vendor who has successfully commercialized 
DSP base 100G Ethernet PHYs running PAM4 standard CMOS process.  

We believe the key benefits that our solutions provide to our customers are as follows:  

●  High Performance. Our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions are designed to meet the specific technical
requirements of our customers in their respective end-markets. In many cases, our close design relationships and

3 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
● 

● 

deep engineering expertise put us in a position where we are one of a limited group of semiconductor vendors
that can provide the necessary solution. For instance, in the broadband communications market, we believe our
products achieve the highest signal integrity and attain superior signal transmission distance at required error-free 
or low error rates.  

Low Power and Small Footprint. In each of the end markets that we serve, the power budget of the overall system
is a key consideration for systems designers. Power consumption greatly impacts system operation cost, footprint
and cooling requirements, and is increasingly becoming a point of focus for our customers. We believe that our
high speed analog signal processing solutions enable our customers to implement system architectures that reduce
overall  system  power  consumption.  We  also  believe  that,  at  high  frequencies,  our  high-speed  analog 
semiconductor devices typically consume less power than competitors’ standard designs, which often incorporate
power-consuming digital signal processing to perform data transfer functions, thereby further reducing overall 
system  power  consumption.  In  addition,  in  many  of  our  applications,  we  are  able  to  design  and  deliver
semiconductors that have a smaller footprint and therefore reduce the overall system size.  

Faster Time to Market. Our customers compete in markets that require high-speed, reliable semiconductors that
can be integrated into their systems as soon as new market opportunities develop. To meet our customers’ time-
to-market requirements, we work closely with them early in their design cycles and are actively involved in their 
development processes. Over the past ten years, we have developed methodologies and simulation environments
that accurately predict the behavior of complex integrated circuits within various communications systems. In
addition, we have developed an extensive internal library of proven building block circuits such as amplifiers,
phase frequency detectors and transmitters that are reused to shorten design cycles and reduce risk.  

Products  

Our leading edge, high-speed, mixed signal semiconductor solutions equate to the planes, trains and trucks used by 

physical delivery services to quickly and reliably speed information from place to place. 

Our  long  haul and  metro  solutions  are our planes,  working  across distances  of  100s  to  1000s kilometers.  Products 
include our coherent transimpedance amplifiers, drivers and DSPs which set the gold standard for leading edge performance, 
quality, and reliability. Our data center edge interconnect solutions are our trains, delivering a large amount of packages, 
across 80km distances. Our ColorZ™ is the industry's first 100G DWDM solution in QSFP28 form factor, utilizing advanced 
silicon photonics  and PAM4 modulation,  to  deliver up  to 4Tb/s of bandwidth  over  a single fiber. Our  inside data  center 
interconnects  are  our  trucks,  working  across  hundreds  of  meters  up  to  kilometers.  Our  PAM  interconnects  along  with 
accompanying TIAs and drivers deliver low power, cost effective solutions for cloud and enterprise customers.  

As  of  December  31,  2016,  we  have  a  wide  ranging  product  portfolio,  including  products  that  have  commercially 
shipped, products for which we have shipped engineering samples and products under development, that perform a wide 
range  of  functions  such  as  amplifying,  encoding,  multiplexing,  demultiplexing,  and  retiming  signals  at  speeds  up  to  400 
Gbps. These products are key enablers for servers, routers, switches, storage and other equipment that process, store and 

4 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
transport data traffic. We introduced 10 and 26 new products in 2016 and 2015, respectively. We design and develop our 
products for the communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year design cycles, and product 
life cycles as long as five years or more.  

In  2012,  we 

introduced  and  began 

linear 
transimpedance/variable-gain amplifier that we identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D 
product comprised 25%, 18% and 22% of our total revenue in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2010, we introduced 
and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential linear transimpedance amplifier which we identify as product 
number 2850TA-SO1D. Sales of 2850TA-SO1D product comprised 12% of our total revenue in 2014. There were no other 
products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 2016, 2015 or 2014.  

in  commercial  volume  a  dual,  differential 

to  ship 

input 

Customers  

We  sell  our  products  directly  to  OEMs  and  indirectly  to  OEMs  through  module  manufacturers,  original  design 
manufacturers or ODMs and sub-systems providers. We work closely with technology leaders to design architectures and 
products that help solve bandwidth bottlenecks in and between systems. These technology leaders often design our products 
into reference designs, which they provide to their customers and suppliers. In the networking market, we work closely with 
OEMs to deliver high performance communication links. These OEMs design our products into their systems and then require 
their ODM and electronics manufacturing services suppliers to purchase and use that specific product from us. We also work 
directly with optical module manufacturers to design our products into their modules, which they sell to OEMs.  

We work closely with our customers throughout design cycles that often last two to three years and we are able to 
develop long-term relationships with them as our technology becomes embedded in their products. As a result, we believe 
we are well-positioned to not only be designed into their current systems, but also to continually develop next generation 
high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for their future products. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold our 
products to more than 100 customers.  

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 70%, 62% and 60% of our total revenue in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 
Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future 
revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in 
Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers and incorporating our semiconductor 
products are then sold to end users outside Asia.  

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our 
revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we believe that sales to Huawei and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through 
subcontractors, accounted for approximately 16% and 12% of our total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest customers 
collectively accounted for 73% of our total revenue In the year ended December 31, 2015, we believe that sales to Huawei 
and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 11% and 17% of our total revenue, 
respectively  and  that  our  10  largest  customers  collectively  accounted  for  73%  of  our  total  revenue.  In  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014, sales to Neophotonics, Fujitsu and Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 14%, 11% and 11% of our total revenue, 
respectively and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 71% of our total revenue. No other single customer 
directly or indirectly accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2016, 2015 or 2014.  

Sales and Marketing  

Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years, with product life cycles 
in  the  markets  we  serve  ranging  from  three  to  10  years  or  more.  For  many  of  our  products,  early  engagement  with  our 
customers’ technical staff is necessary for success. To ensure an adequate level of early engagement, our application and 
development engineers work closely with our customers to identify and propose solutions to their systems challenges.  

In addition to our direct customers, we work closely with technology leaders such as Ciena, Cisco, Huawei, Infinera, 
Juniper,  Nokia  and  Microsoft  for  the  datacenter,  networking  and  communications  market  to  anticipate  and  solve  next 
generation  challenges  facing  our  customers.  As  part  of  the  sales  and  product  development  process,  we  often  design  our 
products in close collaboration with these industry leaders and help define their architecture. We also participate actively in 
setting industry standards with organizations such as IEEE and OIF to have a voice in the definition of future market trends.  

We sell our products worldwide through multiple channels, including our direct sales force and a network of sales 
representatives and distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 85% of our revenue was generated by our direct 
sales  team  and  third-party  sales  representatives.  We  operate  marketing  representative  offices  in  China,  Japan,  Taiwan, 
5 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Germany, and the United States and employ marketing personnel that meet with our customers locally and interact with our 
channel partners locally. We have twenty eight direct sales and marketing professionals including four in Japan, thirteen in 
Asia,  eight  in North America  and  three  in EMEA. We utilize  nine  distributors  in  Asia,  one  sales  representative  and  two 
distributors in Europe, two distributors in Israel, two distributors in Japan and six sales representatives and three distributors 
in  North  America.  Our  channel  network  includes  more  than  one  hundred  sales  and  support  professionals  to  support  our 
products and customers, including eight in Japan, thirty-eight in Asia (other than Japan), forty five in North America and 
fifteen in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, or EMEA. All of these sales a professionals are sales agents and are employed 
by  our  distributors  and  sales  representatives.  We  believe  these  distributors  and  sales  representatives  have  the  requisite 
technical experience in our target markets and are able to leverage existing relationships and understanding of our customers’ 
products to effectively sell our products. Given the breadth of our target markets, customers and products, we provide our 
direct and indirect sales teams with regular training and share product information with our customers and sales team using 
web-based tools.  

Manufacturing  

We operate a fabless business model and use third-party foundries and assembly and test manufacturing contractors to 
manufacture,  assemble  and  test  our  semiconductor  products.  We  also  inspect  and  test  parts  in  our  Westlake  Village, 
California,  facility.  This  outsourced  manufacturing  approach  allows  us  to  focus  our  resources  on  the  design,  sale  and 
marketing of our products. In addition, we believe outsourcing many of our manufacturing and assembly activities provides 
us  the  flexibility  needed  to  respond  to  new  market  opportunities,  simplifies  our  operations  and  significantly  reduces  our 
capital requirements.  

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors to qualification requirements in order to meet the high quality 
and reliability standards required of our products. We carefully qualify critical partners and processes before applying the 
technology to our products. Our engineers work closely with our foundries and other contractors to increase yield, lower 
manufacturing costs and improve product quality.  

●  Wafer Fabrication. We currently utilize a wide range of semiconductor processes to develop and manufacture
our products. Each of our foundries tends to specialize in a particular semiconductor wafer process technology.
We choose the semiconductor process and foundry that we believe provides the best combination of performance
attributes for any particular product. For most of our products, we utilize a single foundry for semiconductor
wafer production. Our international headquarters in Singapore purchases all wafer material and owns the material
until the manufacturing process is complete and the product is shipped to a customer either inside or outside
North  America  or  to  physical  inventory  for  the  respective  region.  Our  principal  foundries  are  Taiwan
Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd., or TSMC, in Taiwan, Sumitomo Electric Device Innovations Inc.,
or SEDI, in Japan, WIN Semiconductors Corp. in Taiwan, and TowerJazz Semiconductor Ltd. in North America.

● 

● 

Package and Assembly. Upon the completion of processing at the foundry, the finished wafers are shipped to our
third-party assemblers for packaging and assembly. Currently, our principal packaging and assembly contractors
are STATS ChipPAC Ltd. in Korea, Kyocera Corporation in North America and Japan, Amkor Technology in 
Korea and ASEM Technology in Malaysia.  

Test. At the last stage of integrated circuit production, our third-party test service providers test the packaged and
assembled integrated circuits. Currently, Advanced Semiconductor Engineering or ASE in California, STATS
ChipPAC  in Korea,  Evans Analytical  Group or  EAG  in North  America,  ISE Labs  in North  America,  Silicon
Turnkey  Solutions  in  North  America,  Giga  Solution  Tech  in  Taiwan,  Amkor  Technology  in  Korea,  ASEM
Technology in Malaysia and Presto Engineering in North America are our test partners. We also perform testing 
in our Westlake Village, California, facility.  

We are committed to maintaining the highest level of quality in our products. Our objective is that our products meet 
all of our customer requirements, are delivered on-time and function reliably throughout their useful lives. As part of our 
total  quality  assurance  program,  our  quality  management  system  has  been  certified  to  ISO  9001:2008  standards.  Our 
manufacturing partners are also ISO 9001 certified.  

Research and Development  

We focus our research and development efforts on developing products that address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks 
and  minimize  latency  in  computing  environments. We believe  that our  continued  success  depends  on our  ability  to  both 
introduce improved versions of our existing products and to develop new products for the markets that we serve. We devote 
6 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
a portion of our resources to expanding our core technology including efforts in system-level simulation, high-speed analog 
design, supporting a broad range of process technologies and high-speed package modeling and design.  

We develop models that are used as an input to a combination of proprietary and commercially available simulation 
tools. We use these tools to predict overall system performance based on the performance of our product. After our product 
is manufactured, we perform system measurements and refine our model set to improve the model’s accuracy and predictive 
ability. As a result, our models and simulation tools have improved over time and we have been able to very accurately 
predict overall system performance prior to fabricating a part.  

We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers in four design centers located in the 
United States, Canada, Singapore, United Kingdom and Argentina. Our technical team typically has, on average, more than 
20  years  of  industry  experience  with  more  than  50%  having  advanced  degrees  (Masters  and  above)  and  more  than  15% 
having Ph.Ds. These engineers and designers are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as applying these core 
technologies to our product development activities across a number of areas including telecommunications transport systems, 
enterprise networking equipment, datacenters and enterprise servers, storage platforms, test and measurement and military 
systems.  In  2016,  2015  and  2014,  our  research  and  development  expenses  were  $108.0,  $87.8,  and  $56.5  million, 
respectively.  

Competition  

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications market in particular, are highly competitive. We 
expect  competition  to  increase  and  intensify  as  more  and  larger  semiconductor  companies  enter  our  markets.  Increased 
competition could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and 
adversely affect our business, revenue and operating results.  

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products 
to  smaller  companies  specializing  in  narrow  markets.  Our  primary  competitors  include  Acacia  Communications,  Inc, 
Broadcom  Ltd.,  GigaPeak  Inc.,  M/A-COM  Technology  Solutions  Inc.,  Maxlinear,  Inc.,  Microsemi  Corporation,  NTT 
Electronics Corporation, Qorvo Inc. and Semtech Corp. as well as other smaller analog signal processing companies. We 
expect competition in our target markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product 
offerings.  

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and 
general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate 
intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors are significantly larger, have greater 
financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are, and 
have significantly better brand recognition and broader product offerings with which to withstand similar adverse economic 
or market conditions in the future. These developments may materially and adversely affect our current and future target 
markets and our ability to compete successfully in those markets.  

We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal 

competitive factors, including:  

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

product performance;  

power budget;  

features and functionality;  

customer relationships;  

size;  

ease of system design;  

product roadmap;  

reputation and reliability;  

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

● 

customer support; and  

price.  

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. We maintain our competitive position through 
our ability to successfully design, develop and market complex high-speed analog solutions for the customers that we serve.  

Intellectual Property  

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, 
and contractual protections, to protect our core technology and intellectual property. As of December 31, 2016, we had 647 
issued and allowed patents and other patent applications pending in the United States. The 503 issued and allowed patents in 
the  United  States  expire  in  the  years  beginning  in  2017  through  2035.  Many  of  our  issued  patents  and  pending  patent 
applications relate to high-speed circuit and package designs.  

We may not receive competitive advantages from any rights granted under our patents, and our patent applications may 
not result in the issuance of any patents. In addition, any future patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed 
around by a third party or found to be unenforceable or invalidated. Others may develop technologies that are similar or 
superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed 
by us.  

In addition to our own intellectual property, we also use third-party licensors for certain technologies embedded in our 
semiconductor solutions. These are typically non-exclusive contracts provided under paid-up licenses. These licenses are 
generally perpetual or automatically renewed for so long as we continue to pay any maintenance fees that may be due. To 
date, maintenance fees have not constituted a significant portion of our annual capital expenditures. We have entered into a 
number of licensing arrangements pursuant to which we license third-party technologies. We do not believe our business is 
dependent to any significant degree on any individual third-party license.  

We generally control access to and use of our confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, 
including  contractual  protections  with  employees,  contractors  and  customers.  We  rely  in  part  on  United  States  and 
international copyright laws to protect our mask work. All employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality 
agreements  in  connection  with  their  employment  and  consulting  relationships  with  us.  We  also  require  them  to  agree  to 
disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship.  

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use 
our software, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary intellectual property. In addition, we intend to 
expand  our  international  operations,  and  effective  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  protection  may  not  be 
available or may be limited in foreign countries.  

The  semiconductor  industry  is  characterized  by  vigorous  protection  and  pursuit  of  intellectual  property  rights  and 
positions, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We have in the past received and, 
particularly  as  a  public  company,  we  expect  that  in  the  future  we  may  receive,  communications  from  various  industry 
participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. Any lawsuits could 
subject  us  to  significant  liability  for  damages,  invalidate  our  proprietary  rights  and  harm  our  business  and  our  ability  to 
compete. Any litigation, regardless of success or merit, could cause us to incur substantial expenses, reduce our sales and 
divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. In the event we receive an adverse result in any litigation, we 
could be required to pay substantial damages, seek licenses from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable 
terms or at all, cease sale of products, expend significant resources to develop alternative technology or discontinue the use 
of processes requiring the relevant technology.  

Cybersecurity 

We have designed and implemented and continue to maintain a security program consisting of policies, procedures, 
and technology meant to maintain the privacy, security and integrity of information, systems, and networks. Among other 
things, the program includes controls designed to limit and monitor access to authorized systems, networks, and data, prevent 
inappropriate access or modification, and monitor for threats or vulnerability. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Employees  

At  December  31,  2016,  we  employed  586  full-time  equivalent  employees,  including  384  in  research,  product 
development  and  engineering,  61  in  sales  and  marketing,  48  in  general  and  administrative  management  and  93  in 
manufacturing engineering and operations. We consider relations with our employees to be good and have never experienced 
a  work  stoppage.  None  of  our  employees  are  either  represented  by  a  labor  union  or  subject  to  a  collective  bargaining 
agreement, except for certain employees in Argentina.  

Other 

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2000 as TCom Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Inphi 
Corporation in February 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, 
California  95054.  Our  telephone  number  at  that  location  is  (408)  217-7300.  Our  website  address  is  www.inphi.com. 
Information  on  our  website  is  not  part  of  this  report  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  in  determining  whether  to  make  an 
investment decision. The inclusion of our website address in this report does not include or incorporate by reference into this 
report any information on our website.  

We electronically file our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 
8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, with the 
SEC. The public may read or copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, 
NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 
the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and 
other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.   You 
may obtain a free copy of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form  
8-K and amendments to those reports with the SEC on our website.  

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Risks Related to Our Business 

Our  revenue  and  operating  results  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period,  which  could  cause  our  share  price  to 

fluctuate. 

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due 
to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors relating to our business that may contribute to these 
fluctuations include the following factors, as well as other factors described elsewhere herein: 

● 

the receipt, reduction or cancellation of orders by customers; 

● 

fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our customers; 

● 

the gain or loss of significant customers; 

● 

changes in orders or purchasing patterns from one or more of our major customers; 

●  market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products; 

●  our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and technologies on a timely basis; 

● 

the timing and extent of product development costs; 

●  new product announcements and introductions by us or our competitors; 

● 

incurrence of research and development and related new product expenditures; 

● 

cyclical fluctuations in our markets; 

● 

fluctuations in our manufacturing yields; 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
● 

significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our suppliers; 

● 

changes in our product mix or customer mix; 

● 

intellectual property disputes; and 

● 

loss of key personnel or the inability to attract qualified engineers. 

As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as 
indications of our future revenue or operating performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our 
share price to decline. 

We incurred net losses in the past. We may incur net losses in the future. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had a retained earnings of $2.0 million. However, we have incurred net losses in the past 
and may incur net losses in the future. We generated a net income (loss) from continuing operations of $26.5 million, ($16.0) 
million, ($36.5) million for years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. 

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of, or a significant 
reduction in orders from, one or more of our major customers could negatively impact our revenue and operating results. 
In addition, if we offer more favorable prices to attract or retain customers, our average selling prices and gross margins 
would decline. 

In  the  year  ended  December  31, 2016, we believe  that  sales  to  Huawei and  Cisco, directly  and  indirectly,  through 
subcontractors, accounted for approximately 16% and 12% of our total revenue, respectively and that our 10 largest customers 
collectively accounted for 73% of our total revenue In the year ended December 31, 2015, we believe that sales to Huawei 
and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 11% and 17% of our total revenue, 
respectively  and  that  our  10  largest  customers  collectively  accounted  for  73%  of  our  total  revenue.  In  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014, sales to Neophotonics, Fujitsu and Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 14%, 11% and 11% of our total revenue, 
respectively and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 71% of our  total revenue. We believe our operating 
results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on sales to a relatively small number of customers. In the future, 
these customers may decide not to purchase our products at all, may purchase fewer products than they did in the past or may 
alter  their  purchasing  patterns.  Further,  the  amount  of  revenue  attributable  to  any  single  customer  or  our  customer 
concentration generally, may fluctuate in any given period. 

In  addition,  our  relationships  with  some  customers  may  deter  other  potential  customers  who  compete  with  these 
customers from buying our products. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we may offer these customers 
favorable prices on our products. In that event, our average selling prices and gross margins would decline. The loss of a key 
customer,  a reduction  in  sales  to  any key  customer  or our  inability  to  attract  new  significant  customers  could negatively 
impact our revenue and materially and adversely affect our results of operations. 

We do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers and if our customers cancel or change their 

purchase commitments, our revenue and operating results could suffer. 

Substantially  all  of  our  sales  to  date  have  been  made  on  a  purchase  order  basis.  We  do  not  have  any  long-term 
commitments  with  any  of  our  customers.  As  a  result,  our  customers  may  cancel,  change  or  delay  product  purchase 
commitments with little or no notice to us and without penalty. This in turn could cause our revenue to decline and materially 
and adversely affect our results of operations. 

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming, costly to defend or settle 

and result in the loss of significant rights and which could harm our relationships with our customers and distributors. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by companies that hold patents and other intellectual property rights and 
that vigorously pursue, protect and enforce intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties may assert against us 
and our customers and distributors their patent and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our 
business. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Claims that our products, processes or technology infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their 
merit or resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management  and 
technical personnel. For example, Netlist, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court, Central District of 
California,  in  September  2009,  alleging  that  our  iMB™  and  certain  other  memory  module  components  infringe  three  of 
Netlist’s patents. This litigation is ongoing.  

Infringement  claims  also  could  harm  our  relationships  with  our  customers  or  distributors  and  might  deter  future 
customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in these proceedings given the complex 
technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an 
adverse outcome, we could be required to: 

● 

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology; 

●  pay substantial damages for infringement; 

● 

● 

● 

expend  significant  resources  to  develop  non-infringing  products,  processes  or  technology,  which  may  not  be
successful; 

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all; 

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to 
compete with that competitor; or 

●  pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue their use of or to replace infringing technology

sold to them with non-infringing technology, if available. 

Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 

operations. 

Winning  business  is  subject  to  lengthy  competitive  selection  processes  that  require  us  to  incur  significant 
expenditures prior to generating any revenue or without any guarantee of any revenue related to this business. Even if we 
begin a product design, a customer may decide to cancel or change its product plans, which could cause us to generate 
no revenue from a product. If we fail to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop our products, 
our business and operating results would suffer. 

We are focused on winning more competitive bid processes, known as “design wins,” that enable us to sell our high-
speed analog semiconductor solutions for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes typically are lengthy and 
can require us to incur significant design and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources in pursuit 
of a single customer opportunity. We may not win the competitive selection process and may never generate any revenue 
despite  incurring  significant design  and  development  expenditures.  Failure  to  obtain  a  design win  could  prevent  us  from 
offering an entire generation of a product. This could cause us to lose revenue and require us to write off obsolete inventory, 
and could weaken our position in future competitive selection processes. Even after securing a design win, we may experience 
delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of the lengthy development cycle typically required. Our customers 
generally take a considerable amount of time to evaluate our products. Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume 
shipment is typically two to three years. 

The delays inherent in these lengthy sales cycles increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel, curtail, reduce 
or delay its product plans or adopt a competing design from one of our competitors, causing us to lose anticipated revenue. 
In addition, any delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could materially and adversely affect our financial results, as we 
may have incurred significant expense without generating any revenue. Finally, our customers’ failure to successfully market 
and  sell  their products  could  reduce demand  for  our  products  and  materially  and  adversely  affect our  business, financial 
condition and results of operations. If we were unable to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop any 
of our products, our business would suffer. 

11 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our  customers  require  our  products  and  our  third-party  contractors  to  undergo  a  lengthy  and  expensive 
qualification process which does not assure product sales. If we are unsuccessful in or delayed in qualifying any of our 
products with a customer, our business and operating results would suffer. 

Prior to purchasing our products, our customers require that both our products and our third-party contractors undergo 
extensive qualification  processes, which  involve  testing  of  our products  in  the  customers’  systems,  as well  as  testing  for 
reliability. This qualification process may continue for several months. However, qualification of a product by a customer 
does not  assure  any  sales of the product  to that  customer. Even  after  successful qualification  and  sales of  a product to  a 
customer, a subsequent revision in our third party contractors’ manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may 
require a new qualification process with our customers, which may result in delays and in our holding excess or obsolete 
inventory.  After  our  products  are  qualified,  it  can  take  several  months  or  more  before  the  customer  commences  volume 
production  of  components  or  systems  that  incorporate  our  products.  Despite  these  uncertainties,  we  devote  substantial 
resources, including design, engineering, sales, marketing and management efforts, to qualifying our products with customers 
in anticipation of sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a customer, sales of those 
products to the customer may be precluded or delayed, which may impede our growth and cause our business to suffer. 

The complexity of our products could result in undetected defects and we may be subject to warranty claims and 
product liability, which could result in a decrease in customers and revenue, unexpected expenses and loss of market 
share. In addition, our product liability insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from product defects or 
otherwise. 

Our products are sold as components or as modules for use in larger electronic equipment sold by our customers. A 
product usually goes through an intense qualification and testing period performed by our customers before being used in 
production. We primarily outsource our product testing to third parties and also perform some testing in our Westlake Village, 
California, facility. We inspect and test parts, or have them inspected and tested in order to screen out parts that may be weak 
or potentially suffer a defect incurred through the manufacturing process. From time to time, we are subject to warranty or 
product liability claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend these claims or pay damage awards.  

Generally, our agreements seek to limit our liability to the replacement of the part or to the revenue received for the 
product, but these limitations on liability may not be effective or sufficient in scope in all cases. If a customer’s equipment 
fails in use, the customer may incur significant monetary damages including an equipment recall or associated replacement 
expenses, as well as lost revenue. The customer may claim that a defect in our product caused the equipment failure and 
assert a claim against us to recover monetary damages. The process of identifying a defective or potentially defective product 
in systems that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources. We may test the affected 
product  to  determine  the  root  cause  of  the  problem  and  to  determine  appropriate  solutions.  We  may  find  an  appropriate 
solution or a temporary fix while a permanent solution is being determined. If we are unable to determine the root cause, find 
an appropriate solution or offer a temporary fix, we may delay shipment to customers. As a result, we may incur significant 
replacement costs and contract damage claims from our customers as well as harm to our reputation. In certain situations, 
circumstances might warrant that we consider incurring the costs or expense related to a recall of one of our products in order 
to avoid the potential claims that may be raised should the customer reasonably rely upon our product only to suffer a failure 
due to a design or manufacturing process defect. Defects in our products could harm our relationships with our customers 
and damage our reputation. Customers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could harm our ability to retain existing 
customers and attract new customers and our financial results. In addition, the cost of defending these claims and satisfying 
any  arbitration  award  or  judicial  judgment  with  respect  to  these  claims  could  harm  our  business  prospects  and  financial 
condition. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from 
defects in our products or otherwise. 

We rely on our relationships with industry and technology leaders to enhance our product offerings and our inability 

to continue to develop or maintain such relationships in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We develop many of our semiconductor products for applications in systems that are driven by industry and technology 
leaders  in  the  communications  market.  We  also  work  with  OEMs,  system  manufacturers  and  standards  bodies  to  define 
industry conventions and standards within our target markets. We believe these relationships enhance our ability to achieve 
market  acceptance  and  widespread  adoption  of  our  products.  If  we  are  unable  to  continue  to  develop  or  maintain  these 
relationships, our semiconductor solutions would become less desirable to our customers, our sales would suffer and our 
competitive position could be harmed. 

12 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to market trends or fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced 
products to address these trends on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our 
competitive position could be harmed. 

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards as well as technological 
obsolescence. We have developed products that  may have long product life cycles of 10 years or more, as well as other 
products in more volatile high growth or rapidly changing areas, which may have shorter life cycles of only two to three 
years. We believe that our future success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new technologies and products that 
generate new sources of revenue to replace, or build upon, existing product revenue streams that may be dependent upon 
limited product life cycles. If we are not able to repeatedly introduce, in successive years, new products that ship in volume, 
our revenue will likely not grow and may decline significantly and rapidly. For example, in 2012, we introduced and began 
to  ship  in  commercial  volume  a  dual,  differential  input  linear  transimpedance/variable-gain  amplifier  that  we  identify  as 
product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D product comprised 25%, 18% and 22% of our total revenue 
in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2010, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential 
linear  transimpedance  amplifier  which  we  identify  as  product  number  2850TA-SO1D.  Sales  of  2850TA-SO1D  product 
comprised 12% of our total revenue in 2014. There were no other products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue 
in 2016, 2015 or 2014. 

The 2850TA-SO1D product matured in 2015 and as a result, sales of these products declined and were supplanted in 
part by newer parts which we developed. This underscores the importance of the need for us to continually develop and 
introduce new products to diversify our revenue base as well as generate new revenue to replace and build upon the success 
of previously introduced products which may be rapidly maturing. 

To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell new or enhanced products that provide increasingly 
higher levels of performance and reliability while meeting the cost expectations of our customers. The introduction of new 
products  by  our  competitors,  the  delay  or  cancellation  of  a  platform  for  which  any  of  our  semiconductor  solutions  are 
designed,  the market  acceptance of products based on new or  alternative  technologies  or  the  emergence of new  industry 
standards  could  render  our  existing  or  future  products  uncompetitive  from  a  pricing  standpoint,  obsolete  and  otherwise 
unmarketable.  Our  failure  to  anticipate  or  timely  develop  new  or  enhanced  products  or  technologies  in  response  to 
technological  shifts  could  result  in  decreased  revenue  and  our  competitors  winning  design  wins.  In  particular,  we  may 
experience  difficulties  with  product  design,  manufacturing,  marketing  or  certification  that  could  delay  or  prevent  our 
development, introduction or marketing of new or enhanced products. Although we believe our products are fully compliant 
with applicable industry standards, proprietary enhancements may not in the future result in full conformance with existing 
industry standards under all circumstances. Due to the interdependence of various components in the systems within which 
our products and the products of our competitors operate, customers are unlikely to change to another design, once adopted, 
until the next generation of a technology. As a result, if we fail to introduce new or enhanced products that meet the needs of 
our customers or penetrate new markets in a timely fashion, and our designs do not gain acceptance, we will lose market 
share and our competitive position, very likely on an extended basis, and operating results will be adversely affected. 

If sufficient market demand for 100G/200G/400G solutions does not develop or develops more slowly than expected, 
or if we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for 100G/200G/400G solutions, our business, 
competitive position and operating results would suffer. 

We are currently investing significant resources to develop semiconductor solutions supporting 100G/200G/400G data 
transmission rates in order to increase the number of such solutions in our product line. If we fail to accurately predict market 
requirements or market demand for 100G/200G/400G semiconductor solutions, or if our 100G/200G/400G semiconductor 
solutions are not successfully developed or competitive in the industry, our business will suffer. If 100G/200G/400G networks 
are  deployed  to  a  lesser  extent  or  more  slowly  than  we  currently  anticipate,  we  may  not  realize  any  benefits  from  our 
investment. As a result, our business, competitive position, market share and operating results would suffer. 

Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect and are subject to market risks, any of which 

could materially harm our business, revenue and operating results. 

To date, a substantial portion of our revenue has been attributable to demand for our products in the communications 
and datacenter markets and the growth of these overall markets. These markets have fluctuated in size and growth in recent 
times. Our operating results are impacted by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader 
market  adoption  of  next  generation  technologies,  such  as  100G  and  100Gbe  CMOS  CDR  and  Serdes,  in  datacenters, 
communications and enterprise networks, timing of next generation network upgrades, the introduction and broader market 
adoption of next generation server platforms and the timing of enterprise upgrades. We are unable to predict the timing or 
13 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
direction of the development of these markets with any accuracy. In addition, because some of our products are not limited 
in the systems or geographic areas in which they may be deployed, we cannot always determine with accuracy how, where 
or into which applications our products are being deployed. If our target markets do not grow or develop in ways that we 
currently expect, demand for our semiconductor products may decrease and our business and operating results could suffer. 

We rely on a limited number of third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products, and the failure to 
manage our relationships with our third-party contractors successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and 
sell our products and our reputation. Our revenue and operating results would suffer if these third parties fail to deliver 
products or components in a timely manner and at reasonable cost or if manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated 
as we may be unable to obtain alternative manufacturing capacity. 

We operate an outsourced manufacturing business model. As a result, we rely on third-party foundry wafer fabrication 
and assembly and test capacity. We also perform testing in our Westlake Village, California, facility. We generally use a 
single foundry for the production of each of our various semiconductors. Currently, our principal foundries are SEDI, TSMC, 
TowerJazz Semiconductor Ltd., and WIN Semiconductors. We also use third-party contract manufacturers for a significant 
majority of our assembly and test operations, including Kyocera, ASE, Presto, EAG, AIC and STATS ChipPAC. 

Relying on third-party manufacturing, assembly and testing presents significant risks to us, including the following: 

● 

failure by us, our customers or their end customers to qualify a selected supplier; 

● 

capacity shortages during periods of high demand; 

● 

reduced control over delivery schedules and quality; 

● 

shortages of materials; 

●  misappropriation of our intellectual property; 

● 

limited warranties on wafers or products supplied to us; and 

●  potential increases in prices. 

The ability and willingness of our third-party contractors to perform is largely outside our control. If one or more of 
our contract manufacturers or other outsourcers fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality 
levels, our ability to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, if that manufacturing capacity is 
reduced or eliminated at one or more facilities, including as a response to the recent worldwide decline in the semiconductor 
industry, or any of those facilities are unable to keep pace with the growth of our business, we could have difficulties fulfilling 
our  customer orders  and  our  revenue  could  decline.  In  addition,  if  these  third parties  fail  to  deliver quality  products  and 
components on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders, our revenue could 
decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Additionally,  as  many  of  our  fabrication  and  assembly  and  test  contractors  are  located  in  the  Pacific  Rim  region, 
principally in Taiwan, our manufacturing capacity may be similarly reduced or eliminated due to natural disasters, including 
earthquakes, political unrest, war, labor strikes, work stoppages or public health crises. This could cause significant delays 
in shipments of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing, assembly or test from the affected contractor to 
another third-party vendor. There can be no assurance that alternative capacity could be obtained on favorable terms, if at all. 

Our costs may increase substantially if the wafer foundries that supply our products do not achieve satisfactory 

product yields or quality. 

The  wafer  fabrication  process  is  an  extremely  complicated  process  where  the  slightest  changes  in  the  design, 
specifications or materials can result in material decreases in manufacturing yields or even the suspension of production. 
From time to time, our third-party wafer foundries have experienced, and are likely to experience, manufacturing defects and 
reduced manufacturing yields related to errors or problems in their manufacturing processes or the interrelationship of their 
processes with our designs. In some cases, our third-party wafer foundries may not be able to detect these defects early in the 
fabrication  process  or  determine  the  cause  of  such  defects  in  a  timely  manner.  We  may  incur  substantial  research  and 
development expense for prototype or development stage products as we qualify the products for production. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
Generally, in pricing our semiconductors, we assume that manufacturing yields will continue to increase, even as the 
complexity  of  our  semiconductors  increases.  Once  our  semiconductors  are  initially  qualified  with  our  third-party  wafer 
foundries, minimum acceptable yields are established. We are responsible for the costs of the wafers if the actual yield is 
above  the  minimum.  If  actual  yields  are  below  the  minimum  we  are  not  required  to  purchase  the  wafers.  The  minimum 
acceptable yields for our new products are generally lower at first and increase as we achieve full production. Unacceptably 
low product yields or other product manufacturing problems could substantially increase the overall production time and 
costs and adversely impact our operating results on sales of our products. Product yield losses will increase our costs and 
reduce our gross margin. In addition to significantly harming our operating results and cash flow, poor yields may delay 
shipment of our products and harm our relationships with existing and potential customers. 

We do not have any long-term supply contracts with our contract manufacturers or suppliers, and any disruption 
in our supply of products or materials could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue and operating results. 

We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with any of our third-party contract manufacturers. We make 
substantially all of our purchases on a purchase order basis, and our contract manufacturers are not required to supply us 
products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately nine to 12 months to 
transition  from  our  current  foundry  or  assembly  services  to  new  providers.  Such  a  transition  would  likely  require  a 
qualification  process  by  our customers  or their  end  customers. We generally  place  orders for  products  with  some  of our 
suppliers several months prior to the anticipated delivery date, with order volumes based on our forecasts of demand from 
our customers. Accordingly, if we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, we may be unable to obtain adequate and 
cost-effective foundry or assembly capacity from our third-party contractors to meet our customers’ delivery requirements, 
or we may accumulate excess inventories. On occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to unexpected increases 
in customer purchase orders and therefore, were unable to benefit from this incremental demand. None of our third-party 
contract  manufacturers  have  provided  any  assurance  to  us  that  adequate  capacity  will  be  available  to  us  within  the  time 
required to meet additional demand for our products. 

Our  foundry  vendors  and  assembly  and  test  vendors  may  allocate  capacity  to  the  production  of  other  companies’ 
products while reducing deliveries to us on short notice. In particular, other customers that are larger and better financed than 
us or that have long-term agreements with our foundry vendor or assembly and test vendors may cause our foundry vendor 
or assembly and test vendors to reallocate capacity to those customers, decreasing the capacity available to us. We do not 
have long-term supply contracts with our third-party contract manufacturers and if we enter into costly arrangements with 
suppliers  that  include  nonrefundable  deposits  or  loans  in  exchange  for  capacity  commitments,  commitments  to  purchase 
specified quantities over extended periods or investment in a foundry, our operating results could be harmed. We may not be 
able to make any such arrangement in a timely fashion or at all, and any arrangements may be costly, reduce our financial 
flexibility, and not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure foundry capacity, we may be obligated to 
use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results. To date, 
we have not entered into such arrangements with our suppliers. If we need another foundry or assembly and test subcontractor 
because of increased demand, or if we are unable to obtain timely and adequate deliveries from our providers, we might not 
be able to cost effectively and quickly retain other vendors to satisfy our requirements. 

Many of our customers depend on us as the sole source for a number of our products. If we are unable to deliver 
these products as the sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers, our relationships with these customers and 
our business would suffer. 

A number of our customers do not have alternative sources for our semiconductor solutions and depend on us as the 
sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers for these products. Since we outsource our manufacturing to third-
party contractors, our ability to deliver our products is substantially dependent on the ability and willingness of our third-
party contractors to perform, which is largely outside our control. A failure to deliver our products in sufficient quantities or 
at all to our customers that depend on us as a sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers may be detrimental to 
their business and, as a result, our relationship with the customer would be negatively impacted. If we are unable to maintain 
our relationships with these customers after such failure, our business and financial results may be harmed. 

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, particularly our design and technical personnel, we 

may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively. 

Our future success depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including our management, sales 
and marketing, and finance, and particularly our design and technical personnel. We do not know whether we will be able to 
retain all of these personnel as we continue to pursue our business strategy. Historically, we have encountered difficulties in 
hiring qualified engineers because there is a limited pool of engineers with the expertise required in our field. Competition 
15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
for these personnel is intense in the semiconductor industry. As the source of our technological and product innovations, our 
design and technical personnel represent a significant asset. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees, 
especially  our  key  design  and  technical  personnel,  or  our  inability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  design  and  technical 
personnel, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and we may need to incur significant expenditures to address 
the additional operational and control requirements of our growth, either of which could harm our business and operating 
results. 

To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to expand our operational, engineering and financial systems, 
procedures and controls and to improve our accounting and other internal management systems. This may require substantial 
managerial and financial resources, and our efforts in this regard may not be successful. Our current systems, procedures and 
controls may not be adequate to support our future operations. If we fail to adequately manage our growth, or to improve our 
operational, financial and management information systems, or fail to effectively motivate or manage our new and future 
employees, the quality of our products and the management of our operations could suffer, which could adversely affect our 
operating results. 

We face intense competition and expect competition to increase in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, it 

could have an adverse effect on our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, and market share. 

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications and computing markets in particular, are highly 
competitive.  We  compete  or  plan  to  compete  in  different  target  markets  to  various  degrees  on  the  basis  of  a  number  of 
principal  competitive  factors,  including  product  performance,  power  budget,  features  and  functionality,  customer 
relationships, size, ease of system design, product roadmap, reputation and reliability, customer support and price. We expect 
competition to increase and intensify as more and larger semiconductor companies enter our markets. Increased competition 
could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and adversely 
affect our business, revenue and operating results. 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products 
to  smaller  companies  specializing  in  narrow  markets.  Our  primary  competitors  include  Acacia  Communications,  Inc., 
Broadcom  Ltd.,  GigaPeak  Inc.,  M/A-COM  Technology  Solutions  Inc.,  Maxlinear,  Inc.,  Microsemi  Corporation,  NTT 
Electronics  Corporation,  Qorvo  Inc.  and  Semtech  Corp.as  well  as  other  analog  signal  processing  companies.  We  expect 
competition in the markets in which we participate to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their 
product offerings. 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and 
general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate 
intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and 
other resources with which to withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. These developments 
may materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those 
markets. 

We  use  a  significant  amount  of  intellectual  property  in  our  business.  Monitoring  unauthorized  use  of  our 
intellectual property can be difficult and costly and if we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could 
be adversely affected. 

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a 
combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in the United States 
and  in  selected  foreign  countries  where  we  believe  filing  for  such  protection  is  appropriate.  Effective  protection  of  our 
intellectual  property  rights  may  be  unavailable,  limited  or  not  applied  for  in  some  countries.  Some  of  our  products  and 
technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application, as we do not believe patent protection of these products and 
technologies  is  critical  to  our  business  strategy  at  this  time.  A  failure  to  timely  seek  patent  protection  on  products  or 
technologies  generally  precludes  us  from  seeking  future  patent  protection  on  these  products  or  technologies.  We  cannot 
guarantee that: 

● 

any of our present or future patents or patent claims will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or 
abandoned; 

16 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
●  our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us; 

●  our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes

will not be limited by our agreements with third parties; 

● 

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought; 

●  our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal

protection may be weak; 

● 

any of the trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we presently employ in our
business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned; or 

●  we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against or to license our technology to others and 

collect royalties or other payments. 

In addition, our competitors or others may design around our protected patents or technologies. Effective intellectual 
property protection may be unavailable or more limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions relative to those protections 
available in the United States, or may not be applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions. If we pursue litigation to assert 
our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any of these legal actions could limit our ability to assert our intellectual 
property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual 
property may have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize the risk of this occurring, 
any  such  failure  to  identify  unauthorized  use  and  otherwise  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  would  adversely 
affect our business. Moreover, if we are required to commence litigation, whether as a plaintiff or defendant, not only would 
this be time-consuming, but we would also be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and efforts of our 
employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses. 

We also rely on contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, distributors, employees and consultants, and we 
implement security measures designed to protect our trade secrets. We cannot assure you that these contractual protections 
and security measures will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our suppliers, 
employees or consultants will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of such contracts. 

In addition, we have a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements. Some of these license 
agreements require us to make one-time payments or ongoing royalty payments. We cannot guarantee that the third-party 
patents and technology we license will not be licensed to our competitors or others in the semiconductor industry. In the 
future, we may need to obtain additional licenses, renew existing license agreements or otherwise replace existing technology. 
We are unable to predict whether these license agreements can be obtained or renewed or the technology can be replaced on 
acceptable terms, or at all. 

Average selling prices of our products generally decrease over time, which could negatively impact our revenue and 

gross margins. 

Our operating results may be impacted by a decline in the average selling prices of our semiconductors. If competition 
increases in our target markets, we may need to reduce the average unit price of our products in anticipation of competitive 
pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors and for other reasons. If we are unable to offset any 
reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volumes or introducing new products with higher margins, 
our revenue and gross margins will suffer. To maintain our revenue and gross margins, we must develop and introduce new 
products and product enhancements on a timely basis and continually reduce our costs as well as our customers’ costs. Failure 
to do so would cause our revenue and gross margins to decline. 

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties, and differences between our estimates of customer demand and 

product mix and our actual results could negatively affect our inventory levels, sales and operating results. 

Our  revenue  is  generated  on  the  basis  of  purchase  orders  with  our  customers  rather  than  long-term  purchase 
commitments. In addition, our customers can cancel purchase orders or defer the shipments of our products under certain 
circumstances.  Our  products  are  manufactured  using  semiconductor  foundries  according  to  our  estimates  of  customer 
17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
demand, which requires us to make separate demand forecast assumptions for every customer, each of which may introduce 
significant variability into our aggregate estimates. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because 
of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product 
development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications 
they  serve  to  allow  sufficient  time  for  product  development  and  design.  We  have  limited  visibility  into  future  customer 
demand and the product mix that our customers will require, which could adversely affect our revenue forecasts and operating 
margins. Moreover, because some of our target markets are relatively new, many of our customers have difficulty accurately 
forecasting their product requirements and estimating the timing of their new product introductions, which ultimately affects 
their  demand  for  our  products.  Our  failure  to  accurately  forecast  demand  can  lead  to  product  shortages  that  can  impede 
production by our customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure to forecast declining demand or 
shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete inventory. For example, some of our customers may cancel purchase 
orders or delay the shipment of their products that incorporate our products as a result of component shortages they may 
experience due to earthquakes and tsunamis in Japan or Taiwan, or likewise with respect to flooding in Thailand, which may 
result in excess or obsolete inventory and impact our sales and operating results. In addition, the rapid pace of innovation in 
our industry could also render significant portions of our inventory obsolete. Excess or obsolete inventory levels could result 
in unexpected expenses or increases in our reserves that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 
condition. In contrast, if we were to underestimate customer demand or if sufficient manufacturing capacity were unavailable, 
we could forego revenue opportunities, potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. In addition, any 
significant future cancellations or deferrals of product orders or the return of previously sold products due to manufacturing 
defects could materially and adversely impact our profit margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and 
restrict our ability to fund our operations. 

We rely on third-party sales representatives and distributors to assist in selling our products. If we fail to retain or 
find additional sales representatives and distributors, or if any of these parties fail to perform as expected, it could reduce 
our future sales. 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we derived 85% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales team and 
third-party  sales  representatives  and  15%  of  our  sales  were  made  through  third-party  distributors.  For  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2015,  we  derived  80%  of  our  total  revenue  from  sales  by  our  direct  sales  team  and  third-party  sales 
representatives and approximately 20% of our sales were made through third-party distributors. For the year ended December 
31, 2014 we derived 89% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales team and third-party sales representatives and 
approximately 11% of our sales were made through third-party distributors, respectively. We are unable to predict the extent 
to which these third-party sales representatives and distributors will be successful in marketing and selling our products. 
Moreover, many of these third-party sales representatives and distributors also market and sell competing products, which 
may affect the extent to which they promote our products. Even where our relationships are formalized in contracts, our third-
party sales representatives and distributors often have the right to terminate their relationships with us at any time. Our future 
performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party sales representatives and distributors who 
will be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously sold our 
products. If we cannot retain our current distributors or find additional or replacement third-party sales representatives and 
distributors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Additionally, if we terminate our 
relationship with a distributor, we may be obligated to repurchase unsold products. We record a reserve for estimated returns 
and price credits. If actual returns and credits exceed our estimates, our operating results could be harmed. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are located in regions that are subject to earthquakes 

and other natural disasters. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are subject to risk of catastrophic loss due to fire, flood or 
other natural or man-made disasters. A number of our facilities and those of our contract manufacturers are located in areas 
with above average seismic activity and also subject to typhoons and other Pacific storms. Several foundries that manufacture 
our wafers are located in Taiwan, Japan and California, and a majority of our third-party contractors who assemble and test 
our products are located in Asia. In addition, our headquarters are located in California. The risk of an earthquake in the 
Pacific Rim region or California is significant due to the proximity of major earthquake fault lines. Any catastrophic loss to 
any of these facilities would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in significant 
expenses to repair or replace the facility. In particular, any catastrophic loss at our California locations would materially and 
adversely affect our business. 

18 

   
  
  
  
  
 
 
We rely on third-party technologies for the development of our products and our inability to use such technologies 

in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We rely on third parties for technologies that are integrated into our products, such as wafer fabrication and assembly 
and test technologies used by our contract manufacturers, as well as licensed architecture technologies. If we are unable to 
continue to use or license these technologies on reasonable terms, or if these technologies fail to operate properly, we may 
not be able to secure alternatives in a timely manner or at all, and our ability to remain competitive would be harmed. In 
addition, if we are unable to successfully license technology from third parties to develop future products, we may not be 
able to develop such products in a timely manner or at all. 

Our business would be adversely affected by the departure of existing members of our senior management team and 

other key personnel. 

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our senior management team, in particular, the 
services of certain key personnel, including Dr. Loi Nguyen, one of our founders and our Senior Vice President of Optical 
Interconnect.  Changes  in  our  management  team  could  negatively  affect  our  operations  and  our  relationships  with  our 
customers, employees and market leaders. In addition, we have not entered into non-compete agreements with members of 
our senior management team. The loss of any member of our senior management team or key personnel could harm our 
ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing market conditions in which we operate. 

We may acquire businesses, form joint ventures or make investments in other companies or technologies that disrupt 
our business, be difficult to integrate, impair our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt, 
divert management resources or cause us to incur significant expense. 

As part of our business strategy, we have pursued and may continue to pursue in the future acquisitions of businesses 
and  assets,  as  well  as  technology  licensing  arrangements  that  we  believe  will  complement  our  business,  semiconductor 
solutions  or  technologies.  For  example,  we  acquired  ClariPhy  in  December  2016  to  help  expand  our  optical  networking 
platform  portfolio.  We  also  may  pursue  strategic  alliances  that  leverage  our  core  technology  and  industry  experience  to 
expand our product offerings or distribution, or make investments in other companies. Any acquisition involves a number of 
risks, many of which could harm our business, including: 

●  difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the

acquired company or business; 

● 

realizing the anticipated benefits of any acquisition; 

●  difficulty in transitioning and supporting customers, if any, of the acquired company; 

●  difficulty in transitioning and collaborating with suppliers, if any, of the acquired company; 

●  diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations; 

● 

the risk that the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we
could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity; 

●  potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the acquired

company’s business; 

● 

inability to successfully bring newly acquired products to market or achieve design wins with such products; 

● 

fluctuations in industry trends that change the demand or purchasing volume of newly acquired products; 

● 

assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the acquired products;

● 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs; 

●  dilutive effect on our stock as a result of any equity-based acquisitions; 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
● 

inability to successfully complete transactions with a suitable acquisition candidate; and 

● 

in the event of international acquisitions, risks associated with accounting and business practices that are different
from applicable U.S. practices and requirements. 

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to potential 
impairments, which could harm our financial results. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2015, we abandoned 
a  project  related  to  in-process  research  and  development  in  connection  with  the  Cortina  acquisition  and  recorded  an 
impairment charge of $1.8 million. If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, it may impair our ability to 
achieve  the  anticipated  benefits  of  any  such  acquisitions  or  investments,  and  we  may  incur  costs  in  excess  of  what  we 
anticipate. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these 
risks could materially harm our business and financial results.  

To finance any acquisitions or investments, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock or convertible debt as 
consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our stockholders. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we 
may not be able to acquire other companies for stock. In addition, newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or 
privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms 
of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our 
operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. Additional funds may not be available on terms that 
are favorable to us, or at all. 

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions, which in turn could harm our business and operating 

results. 

We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits of any of our acquisitions in a timely manner or at all, including our 
acquisitions of  Cortina  and ClariPhy, due to  a number of  factors  including:  failure  to  successfully integrate  the  acquired 
business, unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisitions, incurrence of acquisition-related costs, harm to 
our relationships with existing customers as a result of the acquisitions, harm to our brands and reputation, the loss of key 
employees of the acquired companies, negative market reaction thereto, inability to successfully extend and expand product 
offerings, significant impairments of anticipated goodwill and other intangible assets and the use of resources that are needed 
in other parts of our business. 

We may sell one or more of our product lines, from time to time, as a result of our evaluation of our products and 
markets,  and  any  divestiture  could  adversely  affect  our  continuing  business  and  our  expenses,  revenues,  results  of 
operation, cash flows and financial position. 

We periodically evaluate our various product lines and may, as a result, consider the divestiture of one or more of those 
product lines. For example, in August 2016, we sold our memory product business to Rambus Inc. for $90 million in cash. 
Any divestiture could adversely affect our continuing business and expenses, revenues, results of operations, cash flows and 
financial position. 

Divestitures of product lines have inherent risks, including the expense of selling the product line, the possibility that 
any anticipated sale will not occur, delays in closing any sale, the risk of lower-than-expected proceeds from the sale of the 
divested business, unexpected costs associated with the separation of the business to be sold from the seller’s information 
technology and other operating systems, and potential post-closing claims for indemnification or breach of transition services 
obligations of the seller. For example, $11.25 million of the purchase price for the sale of our memory product business to 
Rambus is being held in escrow for a period of 12 months as security for our indemnification obligation obligations pursuant 
to the asset purchase agreement. Expected cost savings, which are offset by revenue losses from divested businesses, may 
also be difficult to achieve or maximize due to the seller’s fixed cost structure, and a seller may experience varying success 
in reducing fixed costs or transferring liabilities previously associated with the divested business. 

Our  business,  particularly  the  high-speed  interconnect  and  optical  transport  business,  is  dependent  on  capital 

expenditures by service providers, and any downturn that they experience could negatively impact our business. 

Our business, particularly the high-speed interconnect and optical transport business, which we acquired in connection 
with our acquisition of Cortina, depends on continued capital expenditures by communication service providers and is subject 
to the cyclicality of such expenditures. Our communications semiconductor products are sold primarily to network equipment 
vendors that in turn sell their equipment to service providers. If the demand for our customers’ products declines or fails to 
increase, as a result of lower capital expenditures by service providers or any other factors, demand for our products will be 
20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
similarly  affected.  The  global  economic  downturn  caused  a  significant  reduction  in  capital  spending  on  communications 
network equipment. While we are beginning to see improvement, there are no guarantees that this growth will continue, 
which could result in market volatility or another downturn. If there is another downturn, our business, operating results and 
financial condition may be materially harmed. 

Our  high-speed  interconnect  and  optical  transport  business  that  we  acquired  in  connection  with  Cortina  has 
historically relied on a small number of key customers for a substantial portion of its revenue, and the loss of one or more 
of  these  key  customers  or  the  diminished  demand  for  these  products  from  one  or  more  such  key  customers  would 
significantly reduce our revenue and profits. 

A small number of customers have historically accounted for a substantial portion of the revenues from our high-speed 
interconnect  and  optical  transport  business  in  any  particular  period.  We  anticipate  that  our  relationships  with  these  key 
customers will continue to be important to this business, and we expect that this customer concentration will increase in the 
future. We have no long-term volume purchase commitments from our key customers. These customers may decide not to 
purchase our products at all, may purchase fewer products than they did in the past or may otherwise alter their purchasing 
patterns. Reductions, delays and cancellation of orders from our key customers or the loss of one or more key customers 
would significantly reduce our revenue and profits.  

The  failure  of  our distributors  to  perform as  expected  could  materially  reduce our future  revenue  or  negatively 

impact our reported financial results. 

Our high-speed interconnect and optical transport business that we acquired in connection with Cortina has historically 
relied on a number of distributors, in particular Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Paltek Corporation, to help generate customer 
demand, provide technical support and other value-added services to its customers, fill customer orders and stock its products. 
These distributors do not sell those products exclusively, and to the extent they choose to emphasize a competitor’s products 
over our products, our results of operations could be harmed. Our contracts with these distributors may be terminated by 
either party with notice. Our distributors are located all over the world, and are of various sizes and financial conditions. 
Lower  sales,  lower  earnings,  debt  downgrades,  the  inability  to  access  capital  markets  and  higher  interest  rates  could 
potentially affect our distributors’ operations. Further, our distributors have contractual rights to return unsold inventory to 
us, and, if this were to happen, we could incur significant cost in finding alternative sales channels for these products or 
through write-offs. Any adverse condition experienced by our distributors could negatively impact their level of support for 
our products or the rate at which they make payments to us and, consequently, could harm our results of operations. We rely 
on accurate and timely sales reports from our distributors in order for our financial results to represent the actual sales that 
our distributors make for us in any given period. Any inaccuracies or delays in these reports could negatively affect our ability 
to produce accurate and timely financial reports and to recognize revenue. We also rely on distributors for sales forecasts, 
and any inaccuracies in such forecasts could impair the accuracy of our projections and planned operations. 

Our portfolio of marketable securities is significant and subject to market, interest and credit risk that may reduce 

its value. 

We maintain a significant portfolio of marketable securities. Changes in the value of this portfolio could adversely 
affect our earnings. In particular, the value of our investments may decline due to increases in interest rates, downgrades of 
money market funds, U.S. Treasuries, municipal bonds, corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and asset backed securities 
included in our portfolio, instability in the global financial markets that reduces the liquidity of securities included in our 
portfolio, declines in the value of collateral underlying the asset-backed securities included in our portfolio and other factors. 
Each  of  these  events  may  cause  us  to  record  charges  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  our  investment  portfolio  or  sell 
investments  for  less  than  our  acquisition  cost.  Although  we  attempt  to  mitigate  these  risks  by  investing  in  high  quality 
securities and continuously monitoring our portfolio’s overall risk profile, the value of our investments may nevertheless 
decline. 

Tax benefits that we receive may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs. 

We continue to expand our international presence to take advantage of the opportunity to recruit additional engineering 
design talent, as well as to more closely align our operations geographically with our customers and suppliers in Asia. In 
certain international jurisdictions, we have also entered into agreements with local governments to provide us with, among 
other things, favorable local tax rates if certain minimum criteria are met. These agreements may require us to meet several 
requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to retain this status. We currently believe that we will be able to meet 
all  the  terms  and  conditions  specified  in  these  agreements.  However,  if  adverse  changes  in  the  economy  or  changes  in 
technology affect international demand for our products in an unforeseen manner or if we fail to otherwise meet the conditions 
21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of the local agreements, or if we fail to extend the favorable local tax rate, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in 
turn would increase our costs. 

Changes in our effective tax rate may harm our results of operations. A number of factors may increase our future 

effective tax rates, including: 

● 

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed; 

● 

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities; 

● 

changes in the measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and in deferred tax valuation allowances; 

● 

changes in the value of assets or services transferred or provided from one jurisdiction to another; 

● 

adjustments to income taxes upon finalization of various tax returns; 

● 

increases  in  expenses  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes,  including  write-offs  of  acquired  in-process  research  and 
development and impairments of goodwill in connection with acquisitions; 

● 

changes in available tax credits; 

● 

changes  in  tax  laws  or  the  interpretation  of  such  tax  laws,  and  changes  in  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting
principles; and 

● 

a decision to repatriate non-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes. 

We are subject to regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
which are costly to comply with, and our failure to comply with these requirements could harm our business and operating 
results. 

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses related to compliance with laws such 
as Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Compliance with Section 404 requires that our management report on, 
and  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  attest  to,  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting in our annual reports on Form 10-K. Section 404 compliance has in the past diverted, and may continue to divert, 
internal resources, and require a significant amount of time and effort. If we fail to comply with Section 404, or if in the 
future our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that 
our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by The New 
York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. 

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our 
stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect 
on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. 

The conditional conversion feature of our convertible senior notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial 

condition and operating results. 

In the event the conditional conversion feature of our convertible senior notes is triggered, holders of notes will be 
entitled to convert the notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their 
notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock, thereby incurring 
share dilution (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we would be required to settle a portion or 
all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if 
holders do not elect to convert their notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion 
of the outstanding principal of the notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction 
of our net working capital. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the notes, could have a 

material effect on our reported financial results. 

Under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options, which we refer to as ASC 
470-20, an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such 
as the notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic 
interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the notes is that the equity component is required to be included 
in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet, and the value of the equity 
component would be treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the notes. As a result, we 
are required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense in current periods presented as a result of the amortization 
of the discounted carrying value of the notes to their face amount over the term of the notes. We will report lower net income 
in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt 
discount  and  the  instrument’s  non-convertible  interest  rate,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  reported  or  future  financial 
results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of the notes. 

In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the notes) that may be settled entirely 
or partly in cash are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable 
upon conversion of the notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the 
conversion value of the notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share 
purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such 
excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the accounting standards in the future 
will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the treasury stock method in accounting 
for the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes, then our diluted earnings per share would be adversely affected. 

We are leveraged financially, which could adversely affect our ability to adjust our business to respond to competitive 

pressures and to obtain sufficient funds to satisfy our future growth, business needs and development plans.  

We have substantial existing indebtedness. For example, in September 2016 and December 2015, we issued $287.5 
million  and  $230.0  million,  respectively  in  aggregate  principal  of  convertible  senior  notes.  The  degree  to  which  we  are 
leveraged could have negative consequences, including, but not limited to, the following: 

●  we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, less able to withstand competitive pressures and less flexible

in responding to changing business and economic conditions; 

●  our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general

● 

corporate or other purposes may be limited; 
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations in the future may be required for the payment of the principal
amount of our existing indebtedness when it becomes due; and 

●  we may elect to make cash payments upon any conversion of the convertible notes, which would reduce our cash on

hand. 

Our ability to meet our payment obligations under our convertible notes depends on our ability to generate significant 
cash flow in the future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, and regulatory 
factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that our business will generate cash 
flow from operations, or that additional capital will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our debt 
payment obligations and to fund other liquidity needs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt 
obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise 
additional capital. If we were unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may be unable to meet our debt 
payment obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. 

Our business could be negatively impacted by information technology security events and other disruptions.  

We face various cyber security threats, including threats to our information technology infrastructure and attempts to 
gain access to our proprietary or classified information, denial-of-service attacks, requests for money transfers, ransomware, 
as well as threats to the physical security of our facilities and employees. In addition, we face cyber threats from entities that 
may seek to target us through our customers, vendors, subcontractors, employees, and other third parties with whom we do 
business. Accordingly, we maintain information security partners and staff, policies and procedures for managing risk to our 
information systems, and conduct employee training on cyber security to mitigate persistent and continuously evolving cyber 
security threats. We have experienced cyber security threats such as viruses and attacks by hackers targeting our information 
technology systems. Although such events have not had a significant impact to date on our financial condition, results of 
23 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
operations or liquidity or reputation, future threats could, among other things, cause harm to our business and our reputation; 
disrupt our operations; expose us to potential liability, regulatory actions and the loss of business; as well as impact our results 
of operations materially. Due to the evolving nature of these security threats, we cannot predict the potential impact of any 
future incident. 

Risks Related to Our Industry 

We  may  be  unable  to  make  the  substantial  and  productive  research  and  development  investments,  which  are 

required to remain competitive in our business. 

The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in research and development in order to develop and bring 
to market new and enhanced technologies and products. Many of our products originated with our research and development 
efforts and have provided us with a significant competitive advantage. Our research and development expense was $108.0 in 
2016, $87.8 million in 2015, and $56.5 million in 2014. We are committed to investing in new product development in order 
to remain competitive in our target markets. We do not know whether we will have sufficient resources to maintain the level 
of  investment  in  research  and  development  required  to  remain  competitive.  In  addition,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  the 
technologies which are the focus of our research and development expenditures will become commercially successful. 

Our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  worldwide  economic 

conditions, as well as political and economic conditions in the countries in which we conduct business. 

Our business and operating results are impacted by worldwide economic conditions. Uncertainty about current global 
economic conditions may cause businesses to continue to postpone spending in response to tighter credit, unemployment or 
negative financial news. This in turn could have a material negative effect on the demand for our semiconductor products or 
the products into which our semiconductors are incorporated. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to 
particular countries in which we operate could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
These factors include: 

● 

changes in political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions; 

● 

restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments
and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs; 

●  disruptions of capital and trading markets; 

● 

changes in import or export requirements; 

● 

transportation delays; 

● 

civil disturbances or political instability; 

●  geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism, war or political or military coups; 

●  public health emergencies; 

●  differing employment practices and labor standards; 

● 

limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property; 

● 

local business and cultural factors that differ from our customary standards and practices; 

●  nationalization and expropriation; 

● 

changes in tax or intellectual property laws; 

● 

currency fluctuations relating to our international operating activities; and 

●  difficulty in obtaining distribution and support. 

24 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
A significant portion of our products are manufactured, assembled and tested outside the United States. Any conflict 
or uncertainty in these countries, including due to natural disasters, public health concerns, political unrest or safety concerns, 
could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the government of any country in which 
our products are manufactured or sold sets technical standards for products manufactured in or imported into their country 
that are not widely shared, it may lead some of our customers to suspend imports of their products into that country, require 
manufacturers  in  that  country  to  manufacture  products  with  different  technical  standards  and  disrupt  cross-border 
manufacturing relationships which, in each case, could harm our business. 

Changes in current or future laws or regulations or the imposition of new laws or regulations, including new or 
changed tax regulations, environmental laws and export control laws, or new interpretations thereof, by federal or state 
agencies or foreign governments could impair our ability to compete in international markets. 

Changes in current laws or regulations applicable to us, the imposition of new laws and regulations in the United States 
or  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we  do  business,  such  as  China,  Japan,  Korea,  Singapore  and  Taiwan,  any  changes  or 
uncertainties with respect to such laws or regulations or with respect to trade relations between the United States and any 
such jurisdictions or any adverse outcome as a result of a review or examination by the applicable taxing authority, could 
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, we have entered into 
agreements with local governments to provide us with, among other things, favorable local tax rates if certain minimum 
criteria are met, as discussed in our risk factor entitled “Tax benefits that we received may be terminated or reduced in the 
future, which would increase our costs.” These agreements may require us to meet several requirements as to investment, 
headcount and activities to retain this status. If we fail to otherwise meet the conditions of the local agreements, we may be 
subject to additional taxes, which in turn would increase our costs. In addition, potential future U.S. tax legislation could 
impact the tax benefits we effectively realize under these agreements. 

Due to environmental concerns, the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electronic components and systems 
is receiving increased attention. In response, the European Union passed the Restriction on Hazardous Substances, or RoHS, 
Directive, legislation that limits the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electrical equipment. The RoHS Directive 
became effective July 1, 2006. We believe that our current product designs and material supply chains are in compliance with 
the RoHS Directive. If our product designs or material supply chains are deemed not to be in compliance with the RoHS 
Directive, we and our third-party manufacturers may need to redesign products with components meeting the requirements 
of the RoHS Directive and we may incur additional expense as well as loss of market share and damage to our reputation. 

We are also subject to export control laws, regulations and requirements that limit which products we sell and where 
and to whom we sell our products. In some cases, it is possible that export licenses would be required from U.S. government 
agencies for some of our products in accordance with the Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in 
Arms Regulations. We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export licenses in all instances. Any limitation on 
our ability to export or sell our products imposed by these laws would adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. In addition, changes in our products or changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations 
may create delays in the introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our 
products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. While 
we are not aware of any other current or proposed export or import regulations which would materially restrict our ability to 
sell our products in countries such as China, Japan, Korea, Singapore or Taiwan, any change in export or import regulations 
or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons 
or technologies targeted by these regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to 
export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and 
results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, we are subject to economic and trade sanctions programs that 
are administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, that prohibit or restrict 
transactions to or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, with individuals 
and  entities  that  are  specially-designated  nationals  of  those  countries,  narcotics  traffickers  and  terrorists  or  terrorist 
organizations. Violations of these trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including 
fines,  denial  of  export  privileges,  injunctions,  asset  seizures,  debarment  from  government  contracts,  and  revocations  or 
restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. 

We are also subject to risks associated with compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Foreign 
Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their employees and intermediaries from making 
payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage, or directing business 
to  another,  and  requires  public  companies  to  maintain  accurate  books  and  records  and  a  system  of  internal  accounting 
controls. Under the FCPA, companies may be held liable for actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other 
strategic or local partners or representatives. If we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or 
25 

  
  
  
   
  
similar laws, governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose civil and criminal fines and 
penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our product or manufacturing standards could also be impacted by new or revised environmental rules and regulations 
or other social initiatives. For instance, the SEC adopted disclosure requirements in 2012 relating to the sourcing of certain 
minerals from the Democratic Republic of Congo and certain other adjoining countries. These rules, which required reporting 
starting in 2014, could adversely affect our costs, the availability of minerals used in our products and our relationships with 
customers and suppliers. Also, since our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges with our customers, 
stockholders, and other stakeholders if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for any conflict minerals used in the 
products that we sell. 

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has suffered and may suffer from future 

recessionary downturns. 

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid 
product obsolescence and price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry 
experienced  a  significant  downturn  during  the  current  global  recession.  These  downturns  have  been  characterized  by 
diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. 
The most recent downturn and any future downturns could negatively impact our business and operating results. Furthermore, 
any upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly 
capacity. We are dependent on the availability of this capacity to manufacture and assemble our integrated circuits. None of 
our third-party foundry or assembly contractors has provided assurances that adequate capacity will be available to us in the 
future. 

Our products must conform to industry standards in order to be accepted by end users in our markets. 

Our  products  comprise  only  a  part  of  larger  electronic  systems.  All  components  of  these  systems  must  uniformly 
comply with industry standards in order to operate efficiently together. These industry standards are often developed and 
promoted by larger companies who are industry leaders and provide other components of the systems in which our products 
are incorporated. In driving industry standards, these larger companies are able to develop and foster product ecosystems 
within  which  our  products  can  be  used.  We  work  with  a  number  of  these  larger  companies  in  helping  develop  industry 
standards with which our products are compatible. If larger companies do not support the same industry standards that we 
do, or if competing standards emerge, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, which would harm our 
business. 

Some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may still 
emerge  that  may  be  preferred  by  our  customers.  Products  for  communications  and  computing  applications  are  based  on 
industry standards that are continually evolving. Our ability to compete in the future will depend on our ability to identify 
and ensure compliance with these evolving industry standards. The emergence of new industry standards could render our 
products  incompatible  with  products  developed  by  other  suppliers  or  make  it  difficult  for  our  products  to  meet  the 
requirements of certain OEMs. As a result, we could be required to invest significant time and effort and to incur significant 
expense to redesign our products to ensure compliance with relevant standards. If our products are not in compliance with 
prevailing industry standards for a significant period of time, we could miss opportunities to achieve crucial design wins. We 
may not be successful in developing or using new technologies or in developing new products or product enhancements that 
achieve market acceptance. Our pursuit of necessary technological advances may require substantial time and expense. 

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition and may harm our operating results. 

There has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue 
as companies attempt to improve the leverage of growing research and development costs, strengthen or hold their market 
positions in an evolving industry or are unable to continue operations. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some 
areas of our business may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. We believe 
that  industry  consolidation  may  result  in  stronger  competitors  that  are  better  able  to  compete  as  sole-source  vendors  for 
customers.  This  could  lead  to  more  variability  in  our  operating  results  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, operating results and financial condition. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

The trading price and volume of our common stock is subject to price volatility. This volatility may affect the price 

at which you could sell our common stock. 

The trading price of our common stock has experienced wide fluctuations. For example, the closing sale prices for our 
common stock have ranged from $22.48 to $48.08 in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2016. Volatility in the 
market  price of our  common  stock  may  occur  in  the future  in  response to  many  risk  factors  discussed herein  and others 
beyond our control, including but not limited to: 

● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results; 

● 

changes  in  the  economic  performance  or  market  valuations  of  other  companies  that  provide  high-speed  analog 
semiconductor solutions; 

● 

loss of a significant amount of existing business; 

● 

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors; 

● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our competitors’ operating results or changes in their growth rates; 

● 

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts; 

●  our  announcement  of  actual  results  for  a  fiscal  period  that  are  higher  or  lower  than  projected  results  or  our

announcement of revenue or earnings guidance that is higher or lower than expected; 

● 

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors; 

● 

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us; 

● 

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares; 

● 

sales or expected sales of additional common stock or equity or equity-linked securities; 

● 

terrorist  attacks  or  natural  disasters  or  other  such  events  impacting  countries  where  we  or  our  customers  have 
operations; and 

●  general economic and market conditions. 

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue 
to  affect  the  market  prices  of  equity  securities  of  many  companies.  These  fluctuations  often  have  been  unrelated  or 
disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as 
general  economic,  political  and  market  conditions  such  as  recessions,  interest  rate  changes  or  international  currency 
fluctuations,  may  cause  the  market  price  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  to  decline.  In  the  past,  companies  that  have 
experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the 
target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our 
management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business. Each of these factors, among 
others, could harm the value of our common stock.  

Due to the nature of our compensation program, our executive officers can sell shares of our common stock, often 
pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, and certain of our executive officers currently 
have 10b5-1 trading plans in place. As a result, sales of common stock by our executive officers may not be indicative of 
their  respective  opinions  of  our  performance  at  the  time  of  sale  or  of  our  potential  future  performance.  Nonetheless,  the 
market price of our common stock may be affected by sales of shares by our executive officers. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research  or  reports  about  our  business,  or  if  they  change  their 

recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities 
analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price 
would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on 
us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders 

and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy. 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities, and cash flows from our 
operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 to 18 months. We operate in 
an industry, however, that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash 
flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need 
additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to: 

● 

invest in our research and development efforts by hiring additional technical and other personnel; 

● 

expand our operating infrastructure; 

● 

acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; or 

●  otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures. 

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of 
our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges 
senior to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those 
financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational 
flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. There is no assurance that additional financing will be available 
on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when 
needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, 
or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. 

Delaware law and our corporate charter and bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage 
takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable, which could also reduce the market price of our common 
stock. 

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying 

or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following: 

● 

● 

● 

the  right  of  our  board  of  directors  to  elect  a  director  to  fill  a  vacancy  created  by  the  expansion  of  our  board  of
directors; 

the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year, with each
director serving a three-year term; 

the requirement for advance notice for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters
that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting; 

● 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval; 

● 

● 

the ability of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock
with rights set by our board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of common stock; 

the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt,
amend  or  repeal  our  bylaws  or  amend  or  repeal  the  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation  regarding  the 
election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent; 

28 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

the elimination of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written
consent; and 

●  designating the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forums for derivative
actions, claims of breach of fiduciary duty by any director, officer or other employee, claims arising pursuant to any
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and claims governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware 
General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit or restrict large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or 
more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions in our restated certificate of 
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and 
could reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the 
market price of our common stock being lower than they would without these provisions.  

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, the ability to achieve a return 

on an investment in our stock will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the 
foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. The success of an investment 
in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common 
stock will appreciate in value. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

We lease 57,914 square feet of office space in Santa Clara, California which currently serves as our principal executive 
office, which will expire on August 17, 2019. We also lease 40,962 square feet of office space in Westlake Village, California 
under a lease that will expire on December 31, 2017. We also lease 27,797 square feet of office in Irvine, California under a 
lease that will expire on July 31, 2019, as well as 4,286 square feet of office space which will expire on March 31, 2020. Our 
Singapore subsidiary currently leases 6,374 square feet of office space in Singapore under a lease that expires on April 30, 
2017. Our United Kingdom subsidiary currently leases office space in Northamptonshire, England under a lease that expires 
on September 28, 2018. We also occupy space in Folsom, California, consisting of 7,532 square feet under a lease that expires 
on November 30, 2020, and space in Raleigh, North Carolina, consisting of 15,440 square feet under a lease that expires on 
March 31, 2017. Our Canada subsidiary currently leases 13,951 square feet in Ottawa, Canada under a lease that expires on 
October  31,  2021.  Our  Argentina  subsidiary  currently  leases  7,800  square  feet  in  Cordoba,  Argentina  under  a  lease  that 
expires on March 31, 2021. We believe that our current facilities are sufficient to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. 
For additional information regarding our obligations under property leases, see Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements, included in Part II, “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. 

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS –  

We are currently a party to the following legal proceedings:  

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On September 22, 2009, Netlist filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California, or the Court, 
asserting that we infringe U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 22, 2009, further 
asserting that we infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537, the patents-
in-suit, and seeking both unspecified monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to prevent further infringement. 
These infringement claims allege that our iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe the patents-in-suit. 
We answered the amended complaint on February 11, 2010 and asserted that we do not infringe the patents-in-suit and that 
the patents-in-suit are invalid. In 2010, we filed inter partes requests for reexamination with the United States Patent and 
Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), asserting that the patents-in-suit are invalid. As a result of the proceedings at the USPTO, 
the Court has stayed the litigation, with the parties advising the Court on status every 120 days.  

29 

  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
As to the proceeding at the USPTO, reexamination has been ordered for all of the patents that were alleged to infringe, 
and at present, the USPTO has determined that none of the originally filed claims are valid, with certain amended claims 
being determined patentable. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 was issued on August 2, 2016 
based upon amended claims, and the parties continue to assert their respective positions with respect to the reexamination 
proceedings for U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274. 

While we intend to defend the foregoing USPTO proceedings and lawsuit vigorously, the USPTO proceedings and 
litigation,  whether  or  not  determined  in  our  favor  or  settled,  could  be  costly  and  time-consuming  and  could  divert 
management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business.  

Based on the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, we are currently unable to predict the final outcome of this 
lawsuit and therefore, cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss. However, because of the 
nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, our business, financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

Other Litigation Matters 

In March 2015, we settled a patent dispute involving Cortina and Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation (Vitesse). The 
patent dispute involved a certain patent family owned by Vitesse associated with error correction. We paid Vitesse $750,000 
to resolve the dispute. Based on the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1 
to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 25, 2014, we were indemnified for this settlement arising from this 
claim, up to an amount of $750,000.  

We are not currently a party to any other material litigation. The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent 
claims  and  litigation,  including  claims  regarding  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  rights  as  well  as  improper  hiring 
practices. We may from time to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of 
business.  These  claims,  even  if  not  meritorious,  could  result  in  the  expenditure  of  significant  financial  and  managerial 
resources. 

ITEM 4.   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

30 

  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.     MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IPHI”. The following table sets forth 

the range of high and low sales prices for our common stock in each quarter: 

2016 

Low 

High 

Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................................   $ 
Third Quarter ................................................................................................     
Second Quarter .............................................................................................     
First Quarter .................................................................................................     

35.92    $ 
29.73      
25.89      
22.07      

2015 

Low 

High 

Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................................   $ 
Third Quarter ................................................................................................     
Second Quarter .............................................................................................     
First Quarter .................................................................................................     

22.83    $ 
20.30      
17.27      
17.05      

48.46  
44.54  
34.87  
34.61  

32.32  
25.99  
27.11  
21.33  

As of February 24, 2017, we had approximately 46 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not 

include the number of persons whose shares are in nominee or in “street name” accounts through brokers.  

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our capital stock. We expect to retain all of our earnings 
to finance the expansion and development of our business and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our 
capital stock in the foreseeable future. Our board of directors will determine future dividends, if any.  

Director and Executive Officers have currently and may from time to time in the future, establish pre-set trading plans 

in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans can be found under 

Part III, “Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Share Performance Graph  

The following information is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or to the liabilities of Section 
18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the 
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference 
into such a filing. 

Set forth below is a line graph showing the cumulative total stockholder return (change in stock price plus reinvested 
dividends) assuming the investment of $100 on December 31, 2011 in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and 
PHLX Semiconductor Index for the period commencing on December 31, 2011 and ending on December 31, 2016. The 
comparisons in the table are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to forecast or be 
indicative of future performance of our common stock. 

32 

  
  
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  together  with  Part  II,  “Item  7,  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and 
related notes included elsewhere in this report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the 
selected statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 have been derived 
from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 
2014, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this report. Our statements of 
operations  have  been  retrospectively  reclassified  to  present  the  results  of  operations  of  the  memory  product  business  as 
discontinued operations. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: 
Revenue(1) ...............................................................    $ 
Cost of revenue(1) (2) ................................................      
Gross profit .............................................................      
Operating expense: 

Research and development(1) (2) .......................      
Sales and marketing(1) (2) .................................      
General and administrative(1) (2)  ......................      
Total operating expense .......................     
Income (loss) from operations ................................      
Interest expense(3) ............................................      
Other income ...................................................      

Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing 

operations ............................................................      
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(4) ....................      
Net income (loss) from continuing operations       

Discontinued operations: 

Gain from sale .................................................      
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ...      
Provision for income taxes ......................................      
Net income from discontinued operations .......      
Net income (loss) ............................................    $ 

Earnings per share: 

Basic 

Net income (loss) from continuing 

operations ...............................................    $ 
Net income from discontinued operations ...      
Basic earnings per share ..............................    $ 

Diluted 

Net income (loss) from continuing 

operations ...............................................    $ 
Net income from discontinued operations ...      
Diluted earnings per share ...........................    $ 

Weighted-average shares used in computing 

earnings per share: 

Year Ended December 31,  

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(in thousands, except share and per share data) 

266,277    $ 
85,581      
180,696      

192,710     $ 
72,694       
120,016       

96,145     $ 
44,244       
51,901       

42,951    $ 
14,933      
28,018      

108,013      
26,534      
21,201      
155,748      
24,948      
(17,406)     
3,914      

11,456      
(15,057)     
26,513      

78,544      
(3,802)     
(1,799)     
72,943      
99,456    $ 

0.65    $ 
1.80    $ 
2.45    $ 

0.60    $ 
1.65    $ 
2.25    $ 

87,774       
21,462       
20,322       
129,558       
(9,542 )     
(783 )     
221       

(10,104 )     
5,857       
(15,961 )     

—       
4,535       
(2,125 )     
2,410       
(13,551 )   $ 

(0.41 )   $ 
0.06       
(0.35 )   $ 

(0.41 )   $ 
0.06       
(0.35 )   $ 

56,508       
15,136       
16,153       
87,797       
(35,896 )     
—       
495       

(35,401 )     
1,131       
(36,532 )     

—       
14,531       
(607 )     
13,924       
(22,608 )   $ 

(1.12 )   $ 
0.43       
(0.69 )   $ 

(1.12 )   $ 
0.43       
(0.69 )   $ 

38,248      
10,935      
11,614      
60,797      
(32,779)     
—      
876      

(31,903)     
1,221      
(33,124)     

—      
20,476      
(530)     
19,946      
(13,178)   $ 

(1.12)   $ 
0.67      
(0.45)   $ 

(1.12)   $ 
0.67      
(0.45)   $ 

34,913  
9,284  
25,629  

28,816  
8,637  
12,300  
49,753  
(24,124)
—  
914  

(23,210)
12,023  
(35,233)

—  
16,192  
(1,650)
14,542  
(20,691)

(1.24)
0.51  
(0.73)

(1.24)
0.51  
(0.73)

Basic............................................................      
Diluted ........................................................      

40,565,433      
44,124,881      

38,580,330       
38,580,330       

32,707,868       
32,707,868       

29,493,005      
29,493,005      

28,378,680  
28,378,680  

(1)  On October 3, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina, including its high-speed interconnect and optical transport product
lines, for approximately $52.5 million in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock in accordance with the
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
September 25, 2014. The results of operations of Cortina and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were
included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. This acquisition resulted in a significant change in 
our statement of operations in 2016, 2015 and 2014 which includes: 

(i) Charge to cost of goods sold resulting from the step-up inventory acquired from Cortina; and 
(ii) Charge to cost of goods sold and operating expenses from amortization of acquired intangibles.  

Footnotes continued on the following page.  

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
2016 

2015 

As of December 31,  
2014 

(in thousands) 

2013 

2012 

144,867    $ 
249,476      
433,250      
990,595      
396,857      
131,214      
462,524      

283,044    $ 
43,616      
344,897      
505,046      
171,701      
42,675      
290,670      

30,366    $ 
38,908      
108,623      
278,459      
—      
39,285      
239,174      

31,667    $ 
90,890      
129,013      
182,342      
—      
22,949      
159,393      

30,161  
91,107  
131,310  
170,074  
—  
17,109  
152,965  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents ..........................   $ 
Investments in marketable securities ..........     
Working capital ..........................................     
Total assets .................................................     
Long-term convertible debt ........................     
Other liabilities ...........................................     
Total stockholders’ equity ..........................     

Footnotes continued from the prior page.  

(2)  Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows:  

2016  

2015 

As of December 31,  
2014  
(in thousands) 

2013 

2012  

Operating expenses: 
Cost of revenue ...........................................   $ 
Research and development ..........................     
Sales and marketing ....................................     
General and administrative ..........................     
Discontinued operations ..............................     

1,796    $ 
17,390      
4,405      
4,407      
2,194      

1,359    $ 
13,268      
3,213      
5,473      
4,980      

1,154    $ 
9,670      
2,998      
4,701      
3,937      

1,021     $ 
6,177       
2,080       
4,102       
3,598       

675  
4,255  
1,569  
3,240  
2,720  

(3)  The interest expense resulted from convertible debts issued in December 2015 and September 2016.  

(4)  The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 included the establishment of valuation allowance
against deferred tax assets. The benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016 included the release of
valuation allowance against deferred tax assets as a result of acquisition of ClariPhy.  

34 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
         
          
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and this report contain 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this 
report, the terms “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” 
“estimate,”  “predict,”  “potential,”  “plan,”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms,  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify 
forward-looking statements. These  statements  include  statements  regarding  our anticipated  trends  and  challenges in our 
business  and  the  markets  in  which  we  operate,  including  the  market  for  25G  to  600G  high-speed  analog  semiconductor 
solutions,  demand  for  our  current  products,  our  plans  for  future  products  and  anticipated  features  and  benefits  thereof, 
expansion  of  our  product  offerings  and  enhancements  of  existing  products,  anticipated  benefits  of  our  acquisitions  of 
ClariPhy  and  Cortina  and  divestiture  of  our  memory  product  business,  critical  accounting  policies  and  estimates,  our 
expectations  regarding  our  expenses  and  revenue,  sources  of  revenue,  our  tax  benefits,  the  benefits  of  our  products  and 
services, our technological capabilities and expertise, timing of the development of our products, our liquidity position and 
sufficiency  thereof,  including  our  anticipated  cash  needs  and  uses  of  cash,  our  operating  and  capital  expenditures  and 
requirements and our needs for additional financing and potential consequences thereof, repatriation of cash balances from 
our foreign subsidiaries, our contractual obligations, our anticipated growth and growth strategies, our ability to retain and 
attract customers, particularly in light of our dependence on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our 
revenue,  competition,  interest  rate  sensitivity,  adequacy  of  our  disclosure  controls,  our  legal  proceedings  and  warranty 
claims. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause 
our  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or 
achievements expressed or implied by these or any other forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, 
but are not limited to, those risks discussed below, as well as factors affecting our results of operations, our ability to manage 
our growth, our ability to sustain or increase profitability, demand for our solutions, the effect of declines in average selling 
prices for our products, our ability to compete, our ability to rapidly develop new technology and introduce new products, 
our  ability  to  safeguard  our  intellectual  property,  our  ability  to  qualify  for  tax  holidays  and  incentives,  trends  in  the 
semiconductor  industry  and  fluctuations  in  general  economic  conditions,  and  the  risks  set  forth  throughout  this  Report, 
including the risks set forth under Part I, “ Item 1A, Risk Factors”. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on 
these forward-looking statements, which are based on current expectations and reflect management's opinions only as of the 
date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report. We expressly disclaim any obligation 
or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any 
change in our expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such 
statement is based.    

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and 

related notes that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Overview  

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and 
datacenter markets. Our analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data 
speeds  while  reducing  system  power  consumption.  Our  semiconductor  solutions  are  designed  to  address  bandwidth 
bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of 
next generation communications and datacenter infrastructures. Our solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between 
analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise 
networking  equipment  and  datacenter.  We  provide  25G  to  600G  high-speed  analog  semiconductor  solutions  for  the 
communications market. We have a wide range product portfolio with many products sold in communication and datacenter 
markets as of December 31, 2016. We have ongoing, informal collaborative discussions with industry and technology leaders 
such  as  Ciena  Corporation,  Cisco  Systems,  Inc.,  Huawei  Technologies  Co.,  Ltd.,  Juniper  Networks  Inc.,  Microsoft 
Corporation and Nokia Corporation, to design architectures and products that solve bandwidth bottlenecks in existing and 
next generation communications systems. Although we do not have any formal agreements with these entities, we engage in 
informal  discussions  with  these  entities  with  respect  to  anticipated  technological  challenges,  next  generation  customer 
requirements and industry conventions and standards. We help define industry conventions and standards within the markets 
we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies.  

35 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The recent history of our product development and sales and marketing efforts is as follows:  

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

In 2009, we began development of our low power CMOS SerDes product for next generation 100G Ethernet in
enterprise networks.  

In 2010, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume the industry’s first transimpedance ampliform
for 100G reconfigurable colorless networks, which we identify as product number 2850TA-SO1D.  

In 2011, we shipped engineering samples of our Optical PHY 100 Gb/sec CMOS CDR and SerDes Gearbox
products. 

In 2012, we started shipping samples of the IN3250TA, our second-generation transimpedance amplifier, or TIA,
for 100G reconfigurable colorless networks. We also introduced the industry’s first quad linear driver designed
for  linear  transmitters  to  enable  next-generation  100G/400G  coherent  systems  to  address  the  need  for  higher
speed and higher performance networking infrastructure. We also announced the availability of the world’s first
production ready 100G CMOS PHY/SerDes Gearbox products for next-generation data center, enterprise and 
service provider line cards. 

In 2013, we introduced the second generation 100G CMOS SerDes gearbox integrated circuit, or GB IC, for data
center, enterprise and service provider line cards. The new GB IC with Tri-rate™ foundation is designed to enable 
seamless support of 10G, 40G and 100G Ethernet and optical transport network on a single line card. We also
began shipping the industry’s first quad linear driver designed for linear transmitters to enable next-generation 
100G/400G coherent systems to address the need for higher speed, higher performance networking infrastructure.

In 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina Systems Inc. which expands our market share of the high-speed 
optical and networking interconnects. This added more than 130 products in our portfolio which includes high-
speed interconnect and optical transport products. We also started sampling the IN3252TA, the industry’s first
32 Gbps dual  high  gain  linear/variable-gain  amplifier.  The  IN3252TA is  designed  specifically  to  address  the
demanding  requirements  for  100G  coherent  transmission  for  the  Metro  market.  We  also  announced  the 
availability of a new iKON™ family of 100G Clock and Data Recovery Retimer integrated circuits (IC) targeted
at  next-generation 2-Terabit  line  cards.  The  first product  in  this  series,  the IN112525-LC  100G  CMOS  CDR 
Retimer  IC,  is  designed  to  accelerate  deployment  for  higher  density  100G  in  service  center  and  data  center
networks.  We  also  announced  the  availability  of  IN3216DZ,  the  first  single  chip  quad  channel  linear  Mach
Zehnder driver in bare die form to address the network needs for 100G coherent systems in small form factors
for the metro market. Specifically designed to be co-packaged with MZ modulators, the IN3216DZ will reduce
size  and  cost  of  100G  coherent  systems  to  enable  higher  density  metro  solutions.  We  also  started  sampling 
45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, the industry’s first linear ICs enabling 400G coherent solutions for
next-generation  metro  to  long  haul  applications.  The  initial  product  offerings  includes  IN4514SZ,  a  high-
performance octal linear differential to single-ended Mach-Zehnder Modulator Driver and IN4550TA, a quad
linear TIA/VGA Amplifier. 

In 2015, we started sampling a new product in our 45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, IN4518SZ. The
IN4518SZ is a quad linear differential to single-ended Mach-Zehnder Modulator Driver, pin-compatible with the 
linear driver IN3214SZ, for 200G coherent Optical interconnect applications. The IN4518SZ extends the reach
of 200G coherent for long haul applications and enables one set of hardware to serve multiple segments in the
long haul and metro markets. We also announced the availability of the industry’s first, highly integrated, lowest
power 4-level Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM4) chipset solutions for intra-data center and inter-data center 
cloud interconnects. The PAM4 chipset solution is a family of PAM4 PHY ICs for 40G (IN014020-XL), 50G 
(IN015050-SF),  100G  (IN015025-CA),  400G  (IN015025-CD)  and  a  companion  linear  TIA  (IN2860TA)  to
enable platform solutions for multi-rate PAM4 interconnects. We also started sampling IN3217SZ, a quad linear
differential to single-ended Mach-Zehnder Modulator Driver in a Surface Mount Technology (SMT) package.
The new SMT quad linear driver extends the product portfolio by utilizing cost effective packaging for higher
volume 100G/200G coherent long haul and metro optical interconnect applications. 

In 2016, we completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. With this acquisition, we expect to
provide  a  complete  coherent  platform  to  our  customers  in  long  haul,  metro,  and  datacenter  interconnect
applications. We also introduced ColorZ™ reference design, the industry’s first Silicon Photonics 100G PAM4
platform solution for 80km DWDM Data Center Interconnect in QSFP28 form factor. Utilizing advanced Pulse
Amplitude  Modulation  signaling,  ColorZ  delivers  up  to  4Tb/s  of  bandwidth  over  a  single  fiber  and  allows 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
multiple data centers located up to 80 km of each other to be connected and act like a single data center. We
further introduced a highly integrated Silicon Photonics (SiPho) technology platform for 100Gbit/s data center
applications.  The  single-chip  SiPho  optics  includes  multi-channel  modulators,  photodetectors,  multiplexers,
demultiplexers, optical power monitors and fiber coupling structures all integrated onto a single integrated circuit.
We also announced the availability of the industry’s lowest power Clock and Data Recovery Retimer for module
applications,  IN012525-CQ  CMOS  CDR  and  45GBaud  Linear  Coherent  Product  Family,  the  industry’s  first
linear ICs enabling 400G coherent solutions for next-generation long haul, metro, and data center applications. 
We also announced the industry’s first 400GbE platform solution for next-generation 400G CFP8 modules. The
platform solution includes our PAM4 digital signal processing (DSP) IC that supports IEEE P802.3bs 400G/s
Ethernet standard alongside its companion market leading linear TIA and linear drivers for client based cloud
interconnects. With the introduction of these new products, we are offering customers an end-to-end platform 
solution for moving data faster within and between data centers. We also announced the production availability
of a new product in the 32GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family. The IN3217SZ, a quad linear Mach-Zehnder 
Modulator Driver in a SMT package, extends the product portfolio by utilizing cost effective packaging for the 
100G/200G coherent long haul and metro optical interconnect applications. We also announced the sampling of
IN6450TA, the world’s first 64GBaud dual channel linear TIA/VGA amplifier. The IN6450TA supports data
rates of 400Gbps to 600Gbps on a single wavelength for long haul, metro, and data center interconnect networks
using coherent technology.  

Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including Ciena, Cisco, Huawei, Juniper, Microsoft and Nokia. 
We believe we are one of a limited number of suppliers to these OEMs for the types of products we sell, and in some cases 
we may be the sole supplier for certain applications. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to module manufacturers, 
original design manufacturers, or ODMs, and subsystems providers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. During the year ended 
December 31, 2016, we sold our products to more than 100 customers. A significant portion of our revenue has been generated 
by a limited number of customers. We believe that sales to Huawei and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, 
accounted for approximately 16% and 12% of our total revenue, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2016. In the 
year ended December 31, 2015, we believe that sales to Huawei and Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, 
accounted for approximately 11% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2014, sales to 
Neophotonics, Fujitsu and Alcatel-Lucent, accounted for 14%, 11% and 11% of our total revenue, respectively. Substantially 
all of our sales to date, including our sales to Huawei and Cisco, are made on a purchase order basis. Since the beginning of 
2006, we have shipped more than 40 million high-speed analog semiconductors. Our total revenue increased to $266.3 million 
and $192.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The increase in revenue was a result of increase in 
consumption of our dual linear TIAs, quad linear driver products and complementary metal oxide semiconductor based 100G 
physical layers (iPHY) products and partially due to the acquisition of Cortina Systems as of October 3, 2014. As of December 
31, 2016, our retained earnings was $2.0 million. 

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 70%, 62% and 60% of our total revenue in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 
Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future 
revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in 
Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers are then sold to end users outside Asia.  

In April 2010, we received approval from the government of Singapore to set up an international headquarters from 
which  to  conduct  our  international  operations.  Because  of  its  geographic  alignment  with  suppliers  and  customers,  we 
established our operations in Singapore to become a new international headquarters office for receiving and fulfilling orders 
for product shipped to locations outside the United States. Singapore has a strong university system and an established group 
of technology-based companies from which to recruit new engineers. We intend to build a team of engineering capability in 
Singapore  both  for  development  as  well  as  testing  associated  with  manufacturing.  International  operations  in  Singapore 
commenced on May 1, 2010 and during 2010, we transitioned our international operations from the United States to our 
Singapore subsidiary.  

Demand for new features changes rapidly. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because 
of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product 
development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications 
they serve to allow sufficient time for product development and design. Our failure to accurately forecast demand can lead 
to product shortages that can impede production by our customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our 
failure to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete inventory.  

37 

   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Although revenue generated by each design win and the timing of the recognition of that revenue can vary significantly, 
we consider ongoing design wins to be a key factor in our future success. We consider a design win to occur when an OEM 
or  contract  manufacturer  notifies  us  that  it  has  selected  our  products  to  be  incorporated  into  a  product  or  system  under 
development. The design win process is typically lengthy, and as a result, our sales cycles will vary based on the market 
served,  whether  the  design  win  is  with  an  existing  or  new  customer  and  whether  our  product  is  under  consideration  for 
inclusion in a first or subsequent generation product. In addition, our customers’ products that incorporate our semiconductors 
can be complex and can require a substantial amount of time to define, design and produce in volume. As a result, we can 
incur significant design and development expenditures in circumstances where we do not ultimately recognize, or experience 
delays in recognizing revenue. Our customers generally order our products on a purchase order basis. We do not have any 
long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) from any of our customers. Once our product is incorporated into a 
customer’s design, however, we believe that our product is likely to continue to be purchased for that design throughout that 
product’s life cycle because of the time and expense associated with redesigning the product or substituting an alternative 
semiconductor. Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years. Product life 
cycles in the markets we serve typically range from two to 10 years or more and vary by application.  

Summary of Consolidated Financial Results 

As discussed in more detail below, for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 
2015, we delivered the following financial performance. The financial results for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 
2015, include the results of operations of ClariPhy and Cortina from the acquisition date and the effect of purchase price 
accounting. 

●  Total revenue increased by $73.6 million, or 38% to $266.3 million. 
●  Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 62% to 68%. 
●  Total operating expenses increased by $26.2 million, or 20% to $155.7 million. 
● 
●  Benefit for income taxes was $15.1 million in 2016 compared to provision for income taxes of $5.9 million in

Income from operations increased by $34.5 million to $24.9 million. 

2015. 

●  Diluted net income per share from continuing operations increased by $1.01, to $0.60. 

The increase in our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was a result of increase in consumption of our dual 

linear TIAs, quad linear driver products and Optical PHY products. 

The increase in gross margin was due to increase in sale of high margin products as discussed above, lower product 
cost from the inventory fair value step-up related to the acquired Cortina inventories for the year ended December 31, 2016 
as compared to year ended December 31, 2015. 

Total operating  expenses  increased due primarily  to  an  increase  in  salaries  and  stock-based  compensation partially 
from increase in headcount. Our expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, which include compensation, benefits, payroll 
related taxes and stock-based compensation. From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, we hired 27 new employees, 
primarily in the engineering department. In addition, the acquisition of ClariPhy added 163 employees. We expect expenses 
to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest resources to develop more products, to support the growth 
of our business. Our diluted income per share from continuing operations increased primarily due to increase in revenue and 
benefit from income taxes, partially offset by increase in operating expenses.  

In September 2016, we issued $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2021. 
The  net  proceeds  from  this  offering  were  approximately  $279.8  million,  after  deducting  initial  purchasers’  discount  and 
commissions and debt offering expenses. The net proceeds were partially used to purchase the capped call options of $22.5 
million.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates  

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, 
or GAAP. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions 
and  estimates  about  future  events,  and  apply  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenue, 
expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current 
trends  and  other  factors  that  management  believes  to  be  relevant  at  the  time  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are 
prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our 
consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and 
38 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such 
differences could be material.  

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We 
believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported 
financial  results,  and  they  require  our  most  difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments,  resulting  from  the  need  to  make 
estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and 
related disclosures with our audit committee.  

Revenue Recognition  

Our products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require additional production, modification or 
customization. We recognize revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has 
occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Our fee is considered fixed or determinable at 
the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices, which is evidenced 
by a customer purchase order or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement. Our agreements with non-distributor customers 
do  not  include  rights  of  return  or  acceptance  provisions.  Product  revenue  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  product  to 
customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances, which to date, have not been significant.  

Approximately 15% of our sales were made through third-party distributors in 2016. Sales to distributors are included 
in deferred revenue and we include the related costs in inventory until sales and delivery to the end customers occurs. Certain 
distributors  may  receive  a  credit  for  the  price  discounts  associated  with  the  distributors'  customers  that  purchased  those 
products. We estimate the extent of these distributor price discounts at each reporting period to reduce accounts receivable 
and deferred revenue, but we do not issue these discounts to the distributor until the inventory is sold to the distributors' 
customers. Revenue recognition on product sales through distributors is highly dependent on receiving pertinent and accurate 
data from our distributors in a timely fashion. Distributors provide us periodic data prior to the release of our consolidated 
financial statements regarding the product, price, quantity and end customer when products are resold, as well as the quantities 
of our products they still have in stock.  

We recognize revenue from the sales and licensing of certain intellectual properties when the following fundamental 
criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the sales price is fixed or 
determinable, and (iv) collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. 

We monitor collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of the accounts receivable aging. Our policy 
is to record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific collection issues we have identified, aging of underlying 
receivables  and  historical  experience  of  uncollectible  balances.  As  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  our  allowance  for 
doubtful accounts was $155,000 and $165,000, respectively.  

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record the allowance for doubtful 
accounts during the past three years. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, for example, 
if the financial condition of the customer deteriorated, we may be required to record additional expense that could materially 
negatively impact our operating results. To date, however, substantially all of our receivables have been collected within the 
following quarter.  

Inventory Valuation  

We value our inventory, which includes materials, labor and overhead, at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed 
using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. We periodically write-down our inventory 
to the lower of cost or market based on our estimates that consider historical usage and future demand. These factors are 
impacted  by  market  and  economic  conditions,  technology  changes,  new  product  introductions  and  changes  in  strategic 
direction.  The  calculation  of  our  inventory  valuation  requires  management  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment 
regarding forecasted customer demand and technological obsolescence that may turn out to be inaccurate. Inventory valuation 
reserves were $3,967,000 and $3,974,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Inventory valuation reserves, 
once established, are not reversed until the related inventory has been sold or scrapped.  

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record inventory reserves during the 
past three years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates 
or  assumptions  that  we  use  to  calculate  our  inventory  reserve.  However,  if  estimates  regarding  customer  demand  are 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
inaccurate or changes in technology affect demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to 
losses or gains that could be material.  

Product Warranty  

Our products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one or two 
years. We accrue for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual historical 
warranty claims experience including knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of our typical experience. The 
warranty obligation is determined based on product failure rates, cost of replacement and failure analysis cost. We monitor 
product returns for warranty-related matters and monitor both a specific and general accrual for the related warranty expense 
based on specific circumstances and general historical experience. Our warranty obligation requires management to make 
assumptions regarding failure rates and failure analysis costs. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, 
adjustments  may  be  required  in  the  future,  which  would  adversely  affect  our  gross  margins  and  operating  results.  The 
warranty liability as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $110,000.  

Business combinations  

We use the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and recognize assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed measured at their fair values on the date acquired. This requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets 
acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as 
the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the 
acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to 
refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may 
adjust  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  with  the  corresponding  offset  to  goodwill.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  the 
measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any 
subsequent adjustments are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. 

Accounting  for  business  combinations  requires  our  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions, 
especially  at  the  acquisition  date,  including  our  estimates  for  intangible  assets,  contractual  obligations  assumed  and  pre-
acquisition contingencies, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past 
have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience and information obtained from the 
management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible 
assets we have acquired include, but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from product sales, customer contracts 
and acquired technologies, expected costs to develop in-process research and development into commercially viable products, 
estimated cash flows from the projects when completed, and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may 
occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. 

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets  

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair 
value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. We evaluate goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or 
more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist. Significant management judgment is required in performing 
periodic  impairment  tests.  To  review  for  impairment,  we  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  events  or 
circumstances lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than 
its carrying amount. Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on 
specific events or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. Those 
factors include: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant company-specific actions, including exiting 
an activity in conjunction with restructuring of operations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of our financial 
performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in our market capitalization below our net book value. After assessing the totality 
of events and circumstances, if we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit 
is less than its carrying amount, no further assessment is performed. If however, we determine that it is more likely than not 
that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we calculate the fair value of that reporting 
unit and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may 
require  valuations  of  certain  internally  generated  and  unrecognized  intangible  assets  such  as  our  technology,  customer 
relationships, patents and trademarks. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an 
impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future 
impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur 
additional impairment charges.  

40 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets, 
including purchased in-process research and development, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such 
assets might be impaired and the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate 
that an asset is impaired include significant decreases in the market value of an asset, significant underperformance relative 
to expected historical or projected future results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in which an asset is utilized, 
significant declines in the estimated fair value of the overall Company for a sustained period, shifts in technology, loss of 
key management or personnel, changes in the Company’s operating model or strategy and competitive forces. If events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted 
future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess 
of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated 
expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted market prices or appraised 
values, depending on the nature of the assets. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives are 
complex and often subjective. 

The  acquisition  of  ClariPhy  on  December  12,  2016  increased  our  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  by 
$96,637,000 and $235,898,000, respectively. See Note 2 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. There was 
no evidence of impairment based on the annual impairment testing for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with authoritative guidance which requires the measurement 
and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the 
grant date fair values of the awards. The fair value of stock option awards is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. 
The performance-based stock units are subject to the achievement of a pre-established revenue goal and earnings per share 
on a non-GAAP basis.  Once the goals are met, the performance-based stock units are subject to four years of vesting from 
the original grant date, contingent upon continuous service.  The fair value of the performance-based stock units is calculated 
using the same method as our standard restricted stock units described above once the performance goals are met. The value 
of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated 
statements  of operations. We  elected  to treat  share-based payment  awards  with graded vesting  schedules  and  time-based 
service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated 
forfeitures) over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expenses are classified in the consolidated statement 
of operations based on the department to which the related employee reports.  

We account for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the guidance for equity-based payments to 
non-employees. Stock option awards to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. Our management believes that the fair value of stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the 
services received. The fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. 
The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.  

The  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  requires  management  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment  in 
determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value 
of underlying stock, expected volatility and expected term. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense 
is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates.  

Historically, we granted stock options to employees. We estimated the expected volatility from the historical volatilities 
of  several  unrelated  public  companies  within  the  semiconductor  industry  because  our  common  stock  has  limited  trading 
history. When selecting the public companies used in the volatility calculation, we selected companies in the semiconductor 
industry  with  comparable  characteristics  to  us,  including  stage  of  development,  lines  of  business,  market  capitalization, 
revenue and financial leverage. The weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified method. 
This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to our limited experience and the lack of active market for 
our common stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods 
corresponding to the expected term of the options. The expected dividend rate is zero based on the fact that we have not 
historically  paid  dividends  and  have  no  intention  to  pay  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The  forfeiture  rate  is 
established based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding and adjusted for expected changes 
in future exercise patterns.  

41 

   
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be material changes in the estimates and assumptions 
we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. In the future, if we determine that other option valuation models are 
more reasonable, the stock-based compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we 
have recorded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  

Income Taxes  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of 
assets  and  liabilities,  and  are  measured  using  the  enacted  tax  rates  and  laws  that  will  be  in  effect  when  and  where  the 
differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we 
believe is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and 
negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, historical levels of income, projections of future 
income,  expectations  and  risk  associated  with  estimates  of  future  taxable  income  and  ongoing  prudent  and  practical  tax 
planning strategies. To the extent that we believe it is more likely than not that some portion of our deferred tax assets will 
not be realized, we would increase the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The determination of recording or 
releasing  a  tax  valuation  allowance  is  made,  in  part, pursuant  to  an  assessment  performed by  management  regarding  the 
likelihood that we will generate sufficient future taxable income against which the benefits of our deferred tax assets may or 
may not be realized. This assessment requires management to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect 
to our ability to generate revenue, gross profits, operating income and taxable income in future periods. Among other factors, 
management must make assumptions regarding current and projected overall business and semiconductor industry conditions, 
operating  efficiencies,  our  ability  to  timely  develop,  introduce  and  consistently  manufacture  new  products  to  meet  our 
customers’ needs and specifications, our ability to adapt to technological changes and the competitive environment, which 
may impact our ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the value of our deferred tax assets. Although, we 
believe that the judgment we used is reasonable, actual results can differ due to a change in market conditions, changes in tax 
laws and other factors.  

We have valuation allowance against deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The 
decision to establish the valuation allowance in 2012 was due to negative evidence that included our cumulative losses in 
U.S., Singapore and Taiwan after considering permanent tax differences and the passage of California tax law requiring use 
of single sales factor which reduces the amount of California taxable income starting 2013. During the year ended December 
31, 2016, we released a portion of the federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets as a result of the consolidation 
of our deferred tax assets with ClariPhy’s deferred tax liabilities. We also released the entire Singapore valuation allowance 
as a result of the full utilization of the Singapore deferred tax asset during the year primarily due to the gain from the sale of 
the memory product business, yielding a deferred tax liability as of December 31, 2016. The valuation allowance release 
resulted in the recognition of an income tax benefit.  

In accordance with FASBs guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, we perform a comprehensive 
review of uncertain tax positions regularly. The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for 
the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. We 
determine the tax liability for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to determine whether it is 
more likely than not based on technical  merits that each income tax position would be sustained upon examination. The 
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate  settlement  with  a  tax  authority  that  has  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.  The  assessment  of  each  tax 
position  requires  significant  judgment  and  estimates.  We  believe  our  tax  return  positions  are  fully  supported,  but  tax 
authorities could challenge certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. All tax positions are periodically analyzed 
and  adjusted  as  a  result  of  events,  such  as  the  resolution  of  tax  audits,  issuance  of  new  regulations  or  new  case  law, 
negotiations with tax authorities, and expiration of statutes of limitations.  

Results of Operations and Key Operating Metrics  

The  following  describes  the line  items  in  the  statements  of operations, which  we  consider  to be our  key  operating 

metrics.  

Revenue. We generate revenue from sales of our semiconductor products to end customers. A portion of our products 

is sold indirectly to customers through distributors.  

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We design and develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and datacenter markets. 
Our revenue is driven by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market adoption 
of next generation 400G technologies in communications and enterprise networks and the timing of next generation network.  

Our revenue is also impacted by changes in the number and average selling prices of our semiconductor products. Our 
products are typically characterized by a life cycle that begins with higher average selling prices and lower volumes, followed 
by broader market adoption, higher volumes, and average selling prices that are lower than initial levels.  

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards as well as technological 
obsolescence. Our revenue growth is dependent on our ability to continually develop and introduce new products to meet the 
changing technology and performance requirements of our customers, diversify our revenue base and generate new revenue 
to replace, or build upon, the success of previously introduced products which may be rapidly maturing. As a result, our 
revenue is impacted to a more significant extent by product life cycles for a variety of products and to a much lesser extent, 
if any, by any single product. In 2012, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential input linear 
transimpedance/variable-gain amplifier that we identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D 
product comprised 25%, 18% and 22% of our total revenue in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2010, we introduced 
and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential linear transimpedance amplifier which we identify as product 
number 2850TA-SO1D. Sales of 2850TA-SO1D product comprised 12% of our total revenue in 2014. In 2017, we expect 
that revenue from sales of IN3250TA-SO2D will continue to be significant. 

The following table is based on the geographic location to which our product is initially shipped. In most cases this 
will differ from the ultimate location of the end user of a product containing our technology. For sales to our distributors, 
their geographic location may be different from the geographic locations of the ultimate end customer. Sales by geography 
for the periods indicated were:  

2016 

Year Ended December 31,  

2015 
(in thousands) 

2014 

China .....................................................................................    $ 
United States .........................................................................      
Japan......................................................................................      
Thailand ................................................................................      
Italy .......................................................................................      
Other......................................................................................      
  $ 

103,071    $ 
29,976      
36,308      
35,837      
19,677      
41,408      
266,277    $ 

61,448     $ 
34,605       
24,410       
25,123       
10,952       
36,172       
192,710     $ 

26,414   
15,662   
15,111   
7,924   
9,823   
21,211   
96,145   

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes cost of materials such as wafers processed by third-party foundries, costs 
associated with packaging and assembly, test and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, as well 
as  equipment  associated  with  manufacturing  support,  logistics  and  quality  assurance,  warranty  costs,  write  down  of 
inventories, amortization of production mask costs, amortization of developed technology, amortization of step-up values of 
inventory, overhead and other indirect costs, such as allocated occupancy and information technology, or IT, costs.  

As some semiconductor products mature and unit volumes increase, their average selling prices may decline. These 
declines are often paired with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, assembly and test costs, which offset 
some of the margin reduction that results from lower prices. However, our gross profit, period over period, may fluctuate as 
a result of changes in average selling prices due to new product introductions or existing product transitions into larger scale 
commercial volumes, manufacturing costs as well as our product and customer mix.  

Research  and  development.  Research  and  development  expense  includes  personnel-related  expenses,  including 
salaries, stock-based compensation and employee benefits. It also includes pre-production engineering mask costs, software 
license expenses, prototype wafer, packaging and test costs, design and development costs, testing and evaluation costs, third-
party  fees  paid  to  consultants,  depreciation  expense,  allocated  facilities  costs  and  other  indirect  costs.  All  research  and 
development costs are expensed as incurred. We enter into development agreements with some of our customers. Recoveries 
from nonrecurring engineering services related to early stage technology are recorded as an offset to product development 
expense incurred in support of this effort and serve as a mechanism to partially recover development expenditures. These 
reimbursements are recognized upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables or milestones. We 
expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest resources to develop more 
products and enhance our existing product portfolio.  

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee 
benefits, travel, promotions, trade shows, marketing and customer support, commission payments to employees, depreciation 
expense and other indirect costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars to support the growth 
of our business and promote our products to current and potential customers.  

General  and  administrative.  General  and  administrative  expense  consists  primarily  of  salaries,  stock-based 
compensation,  employee  benefits  and  expenses  for  executive  management,  legal,  and  finance.  In  addition,  general  and 
administrative expenses include fees for professional services and other indirect costs. We expect general and administrative 
expense to increase in absolute dollars due to the general growth of our business and the costs associated with continuing to 
be a public company for, among other things, SEC reporting and compliance, director fees, insurance, transfer agent fees and 
similar expenses.  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded provision for income taxes 
of $1.1 million, which reflects an effective tax rate of (3%). The effective tax rate of (3%) differs from the statutory rate of 
34% primarily due to the an increase in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix 
in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, transaction cost adjustments, and recognition of research and development credits. 
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded provision for income taxes of $5.9 million, which reflects an effective 
tax rate of (58%). The effective tax rate of (58%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to increase in valuation 
allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, stock-
based compensation adjustment, taxation of Subpart F income, and recognition of research and development credits. For the 
year  ended  December 31, 2016, we  recorded  income  tax  benefit  of $15.1  million, which  reflects  an effective  tax rate  of 
(131%). The effective tax rate of (131%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to change in valuation allowance, 
foreign  income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  profitability,  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  stock-based 
compensation adjustments, transaction cost adjustments and recognition of research and development credits. The change in 
valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2016, included an income tax benefit of $17.8 million from the 
partial release of federal valuation allowance and full release of Singapore valuation allowance. The partial release of the 
federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets resulted from the consolidation of the Company’s federal deferred tax 
assets with ClariPhy’s federal deferred tax liabilities. The full release of the Singapore valuation allowance against deferred 
tax assets resulted from the Company’s full utilization of its deferred tax asset during the year primarily due to the gain from 
the sale of the memory product business.  

The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations for the periods indicated:  

Total revenue ................................................................................  $ 
Cost of revenue ............................................................................    
Gross profit ..................................................................................    
Operating expense: 

Research and development ....................................................    
Sales and marketing ..............................................................    
General and administrative ...................................................    
Total operating expenses ..............................................................    
Income (loss) from operations ......................................................    
Interest expense ............................................................................    
Other income  ...............................................................................    
Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing operations ...    
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ............................................    
Net income (loss) from continuing operations .............................    

Discontinued operations: 

Gain from sale ..........................................................................    
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .............................    
Provision for income taxes .......................................................    
Net income from discontinued operations ....................................    
Net income (loss) ..................................................................  $ 

44 

2016 

Year Ended December 31,  
2015 
(in thousands) 

2014  

266,277     $ 
85,581       
180,696       

108,013       
26,534       
21,201       
155,748       
24,948       
(17,406)      
3,914       
11,456       
(15,057)      
26,513       

78,544       
(3,802)      
(1,799)      
72,943       
99,456     $ 

192,710    $ 
72,694      
120,016      

87,774      
21,462      
20,322      
129,558      
(9,542)     
(783)     
221      
(10,104)     
5,857      
(15,961)     

—      
4,535      
(2,125)     
2,410      
(13,551)   $ 

96,145  
44,244  
51,901  

56,508  
15,136  
16,153  
87,797  
(35,896) 
—  
495  
(35,401) 
1,131  
(36,532) 

—  
14,531  
(607) 
13,924  
(22,608) 

   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
          
        
  
  
    
  
          
        
  
    
  
          
        
  
  
The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations as a percentage of each line item to the revenue:  

2016  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014  

Total revenue.........................................................................     
Cost of revenue .....................................................................     
Gross profit ...........................................................................     
Operating expense: 

Research and development .............................................     
Sales and marketing .......................................................     
General and administrative ............................................     
Total operating expenses .......................................................     
Income (loss) from operations...............................................     
Interest expense .....................................................................     
Other income .........................................................................     
Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing 

operations ..........................................................................     
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .....................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ......................     

Discontinued operations: 

Gain from sale ................................................................     
Income (loss) from discontinued operations ..................     
Provision for income taxes .............................................     
Net income from discontinued operations .............................     
Net income (loss) ...........................................................     

100 %     
32        
68        

40        
10        
8        
58        
10        
(7 )      
1        

4        
(6 )      
10        

29        
(1 )      
(1 )      
27        
37 %     

 Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 

Revenue  

100 %      
38   
62   

45   
11   
11   
67   
(5 ) 
—   
—   

(5 ) 
3   
(8 ) 

—   
2   
(1 ) 
1   
(7 )%     

100% 
46  
54  

58  
16  
17  
91  
(37) 
—  
—  

(37) 
1  
(38) 

—  
15  
(1) 
14  
(24)% 

  Year Ended December 31,    

2016  

2015  

2016     

2015     

2014     Amount 

   % 

     Amount 

% 

Change  

Total revenue ..................................  $266,277  $ 192,710  $  96,145  $ 

(dollars in thousands) 
73,567    

38% $ 

96,565    

100%

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $73.6 million due to a year over year increase in 
average selling price of 12% and an increase in the number of units sold of 23%. The increases in average selling price and 
number of units sold was due to product mix, mainly from sale of dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products and Optical 
PHY products, including new product introductions.  

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $96.6 million due to a year over year increase in 
number of units sold of 126%, partially offset by a decrease in the average selling price of 11%. The increase in number of 
units sold was due to sales of dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products and Optical PHY products, and a full year of 
Cortina product sales in 2015 as compared to the single quarter of product sales included in 2014. The decrease in the average 
selling price was due to product and customer mix as well as a natural decline in prices as products mature in the market and 
from competitive pricing. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
      
         
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
         
  
      
  
      
         
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2015 

  2016 

Change  

2016  

2015  

     Amount 

   % 

     Amount 

   % 

(dollars in thousands) 

72,694     $ 
Cost of revenue ...................   $ 85,581    $
Gross profit .........................     180,696       120,016       
Gross profit as a percentage 

44,244    $ 
51,901      

12,887    
60,680    

18% $ 
51%   

64%
28,450    
68,115     131%

of revenue .........................     

68%   

62 %   

54%    

—    

6%   

—    

8%

Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $12.9 million and $60.7 million, 
respectively, compared to the prior year primarily due to increased sales and mix of our higher margin products, including 
dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products and Optical PHY products. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased due 
to sale of high margin products and higher product cost in 2015 as a result of inventory fair value step-up related to the 
acquired Cortina inventories sold in 2015. 

Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $28.5 million and $68.1 million, 
respectively, compared to the prior year primarily due to increase in revenue from sales of our dual linear TIA, quad linear 
driver products, Optical PHY products and high-speed interconnect and optical transport products, which generated higher 
margin, amortization of inventory step-up related to the acquired Cortina inventories and amortization of acquired intangibles. 
Gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  increased  due  to  sale  of  high  margin  products  as  discussed  above  and  lower 
amortization of inventory fair value step-up related to the acquired Cortina inventories of $4.0 million, offset by increase of 
amortization of acquired intangibles by $8.6 million.  

Research and Development  

   Year Ended December 31,       
   2016 

     2015 

     2014 

Change  

2016 

2015 

     Amount      % 
(dollars in thousands) 

      Amount      % 

Research and development ...............   $108,013     $ 87,774     $  56,508    $  20,239      

23%  $  31,266      

55%

Research  and  development  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  increased  by  $20.2  million  due  to  the 
increase in personnel costs and stock-based compensation expense of $5.5 million and $4.1 million, respectively, which in 
turn was also partially due to an increase in research and development headcount in 2016. In addition, CAD software tool 
license expense increased by $2.3 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount and engineering activities. Further, the 
reimbursement from customers related to research and development contracts was higher by $8.3 million in 2015 due to 
completion of development contracts entered with the customers. Depreciation and allocated expenses also increased by $3.5 
million, primarily, due to an increase in equipment and research and development activities. The increases were partially 
offset by the absence of an impairment charge related to abandoned in-process research and development costs of $1.8 million 
in 2015. The increase in research and development expense was primarily driven by our strategy to continue to expand our 
product offerings and enhance our existing products.  

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $31.3 million, primarily due 
to the increase in research and development headcount from new employees hired in 2015 and as a result of the acquisition 
of Cortina, which resulted in a $12.9 million and $3.6 million increase in personnel costs and stock-based compensation 
expense, respectively. In addition, CAD software tool license expense increased by $4.5 million, primarily due to an increase 
in headcount and engineering activities. Further, external test services, pre-production engineering mask costs and laboratory 
supplies  increased  by  $3.1  million.  We  abandoned  a  project  related  to  in-process  research  and  development  costs  which 
resulted  in  an  impairment  charge  of  $1.8  million.  Depreciation  and  allocated  expenses  also  increased  by  $5.4  million, 
primarily, due to an increase in equipment and research and development activities. The increase in research and development 
expense was primarily driven by acquisition of Cortina and our strategy to continue to expand our product offerings and 
enhance our existing products.  

46 

  
  
   
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
 
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
  
    
   
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Sales and Marketing  

  Year Ended December 31, 
2014 
  2016 

2015 

2016 

2015 

   Amount    % 
(dollars in thousands) 

     Amount   

% 

Change  

Sales and marketing ........................  $  26,534   $  21,462  $  15,136   $ 

5,072    

24%  $ 

6,326    

42%

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $5.1 million, primarily due to an 
increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $2.9 million, to support increasing sales activities 
from  new  developed  products.  Commission  expense  increased  by  $0.6  million  due  to  higher  compensation  and  higher 
revenue. In addition, amortization of intangible asset related to ClariPhy acquisition was $0.4 million. Product samples and 
trade shows expense increased by $0.5 million primarily associated with new products introduced into the market. 

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $6.3 million, primarily due to an 
increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $3.6 million, to support increasing sales activities 
from newly developed products and from the Cortina acquisition. Commission expense increased by $1.6 million due to 
higher compensation and higher revenue. In addition, amortization of intangible asset related to Cortina acquisition increased 
by $0.6 million. 

General and Administrative  

Year Ended December 31, 
2016  

2015  

   2014     Amount     %  

     Amount     % 

Change  

2016  

2015  

General and administrative ..............   

$  21,201  

$  20,322  $ 16,153    $ 

879   

4%  $  4,169   

26%

(dollars in thousands) 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $0.9 million, primarily due 
to increase in outside legal fees of $1.1 million in connection with the acquisition of ClariPhy and an increase in salaries of 
$0.9  million  due  to  higher  salaries  and  new  hires.  The  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  stock-based 
compensation by $1.1 million in connection with the completion of four year vesting of an initial grant to an officer in the 
first quarter 2016. 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $4.2 million, primarily due 
to an increase in personnel costs and stock-based compensation expense of $2.1 million as a result of new hires in connection 
with  the  Cortina  acquisition,  as  well  as  grants  awarded.  Amortization  of  intangibles  and  accounting  and  consultant  fees 
increased by $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, due to the Cortina acquisition. In addition, we incurred a loss of 
$0.5 million from the disposal of certain property and equipment in connection with the Cortina acquisition. 

Provision (benefit) for Income Taxes  

   Year Ended December 31,  

2016  

2015  

2016       

2015       

2014        Amount      % 
(dollars in thousands) 

     Amount      % 

Change  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes     $ (15,057)   $  5,857    $  1,131    $ (20,914)     

(357%)   $  4,726      

418%

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an income tax benefit of $15.1 million, which reflects an effective 
tax rate of (131%). The effective tax rate of (131%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the change in 
valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, 
stock-based compensation adjustments, transaction cost adjustments, and recognition of research and development credits. 
The change in valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2016, included an income tax benefit of $17.8 million 
from the partial release of federal valuation allowance and full release of the Singapore valuation allowance. The partial 
release of the federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets resulted from the consolidation of the Company’s federal 
deferred  tax  assets  with  ClariPhy’s  federal  deferred  tax  liabilities.  The  full  release  of  the  Singapore  valuation  allowance 
against deferred tax assets resulted from the Company’s full utilization of its deferred tax asset during the year primarily due 
to the gain from the sale of the memory product business.  

47 

  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $5.9 million, which reflects an 
effective tax rate of (58%). The effective tax rate of (58%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to change in 
the  valuation  allowance,  foreign  income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  profitability,  unrecognized  tax 
benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, taxation of Subpart F income and recognition of research and development 
credits. 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $1.1 million, which reflects an 
effective tax rate of (3%). The effective tax rate of (3%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the change in 
valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, 
transaction costs adjustments and recognition of research and development credits. 

We operate under tax holiday in Singapore, which is effective through May 2020. The tax holiday is conditional upon 
our meeting certain employment, activities and investment thresholds over time. As of December 31, 2016, we believe we 
have met all of the required thresholds. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

As of December 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities of $394.3 million. 
Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, purchase inventory, acquire property and equipment and business 
acquisitions. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in 
the changes in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses. Our primary sources of cash are cash receipts on 
accounts receivable from our revenue. In 2016 and 2015, we issued convertible debt, which resulted in an increase in cash 
and cash equivalents. Aside from the growth in amounts billed to our customers, net cash collections of accounts receivable 
are impacted by the efficiency of our cash collections process, which can vary from period to period, depending on the timing 
of shipments and payment cycles of our major customers.  

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:  

2016  

Years Ended December 31,  
2015  
(in thousands) 

2014  

Net cash provided by operating activities ..............................   $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ......................................     
Net cash provided by financing activities ..............................     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ............   $ 

63,073     $ 
(448,213 )     
246,963       
(138,177 )   $ 

72,543    $ 
(23,871)     
204,006      
252,678    $ 

8,441  
(11,744) 
2,002  
(1,301) 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2016 primarily reflected net income of $99.5 million, depreciation and 
amortization of $31.2 million, stock-based compensation of $30.2 million, amortization of deferred tax charge of $0.9 million, 
amortization of premiums on marketable securities of $1.5 million, accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance 
expenses of $14.2 million, a change in income tax payable/receivable of $1.4 million, an increase in accounts payable of $3.5 
million and other liabilities by $2.0 million, partially offset by a gain from sale of discontinued operations and cost method 
investment  of  $79.7  million,  deferred  income  taxes  of  $15.5  million,  increases  in  accounts  receivable  of  $17.0  million, 
inventories of $6.4 million, prepaid expenses of $1.4 million and a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.3 million. Our accounts 
payable increased due to increased production volume. Our other liabilities increased due to amounts payable to Rambus. 
Our  accounts  receivable  increased due  to higher product  shipments  to customers  and  longer  credit  term.  Our  inventories 
increased  as  a  result  of  growing  production  for  expected  delivery  to  customers  in  the  first  quarter  of  2017.  Our  prepaid 
expenses and other assets increased due to additional subscriptions. Our deferred revenue decreased due to the sale of our 
memory product business. 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2015 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $26.9 million, 
stock-based compensation of $28.3 million, loss on disposal and abandonment of property and equipment of $1.9 million, 
impairment of in-process research and development of $1.8 million, amortization of deferred tax charge of $0.9 million, 
amortization of premiums on marketable securities of $0.5 million, accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance 
expenses of $0.6 million, decreases in accounts receivable by $6.5 million, inventories of $8.8 million, prepaid expenses and 
other assets of $2.2 million, change in income tax payable/receivable by $6.4 million and an increase in accrued expenses by 
$3.4 million, partially offset by a net loss of $13.6 million and a decrease in other liabilities of $1.4 million. Our accounts 

48 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
receivable  decreased  due  to  collections  from  customers.  Our  inventories  decreased  due  to  shipments  to  customers  and 
amortization of fair value step-up on Cortina inventories. Our prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased due to 
settlement of a non-trade receivable. Our accrued expenses increased due to accrual of employee related expenses. Other 
liabilities decreased due to deposits received from customers used in 2015 and decrease in deferred rent on building leases. 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2014 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $14.1 million, 
stock-based compensation of $22.5 million, abandonment of assets of $1.2 million, amortization of deferred tax charge of 
$0.9 million, amortization of premiums on marketable securities of $0.8 million, a decrease in inventories of $10.1 million 
and  an  increase  in  deferred  revenue  of  $5.4  million,  partially  offset  by  a  net  loss  of  $22.6  million,  increase  in  accounts 
receivable by $8.7  million,  an  increase in prepaid  expenses  by  $3.3  million,  a decrease  in  accounts payable  and  accrued 
expenses by $10.3 million and a decrease in other liabilities of $1.7 million. Our inventories, net of acquired inventories from 
the Cortina acquisition decreased due to shipments to customers. Our deferred revenue increased as a result of the acquisition 
of Cortina and distributors increased their inventory level for shipment to customers in the first quarter of 2015. Accounts 
receivable increased due to higher shipments made in the last month of the quarter, including Cortina’s products. Our prepaid 
expenses and other assets increased as a result of new subscriptions with vendors and related prepayments. Our accounts 
payable and accrued expenses, net of assumed liabilities from Cortina acquisition, decreased due to payment to vendors and 
employees. Other liabilities decreased due to amortization of advance payment received from a customer in 2013. 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities  

In 2016, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of 
$330.6 million, the acquisition of ClariPhy for $294.4 million, net of cash acquired, purchases of property and equipment of 
$22.3 million, mainly for laboratory, production and computer equipment and leasehold improvements for our offices, and 
the purchase of minority interest in an early stage private companies for $8.0 million partially offset by sales and maturities 
of marketable securities of $122.1 million, proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations of $78.8 million and cost method 
investment of $6.3 million. 

In 2015, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of 
$21.9  million,  purchases  of  property  and  equipment  of  $16.6  million,  mainly  for  laboratory,  production  and  computer 
equipment and software and the purchase of a minority interest in an early stage private company for $2.0 million, partially 
offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $16.5 million. 

In 2014, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of 
$38.6 million, the acquisition of Cortina for $35.3 million, net of cash acquired, purchases of property and equipment of 
$21.2 million, mainly for laboratory, production and computer equipment and leasehold improvements for our offices, the 
purchase of a minority interest in an early stage private company for $5.0 million and the purchase of patents for $1.6 million, 
partially offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $89.9 million. 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities  

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2016, consisted primarily of net proceeds from issuance of convertible 
debt of $279.5 million, proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan of $11.3 million. This 
was partially offset, by the purchase of capped call options related to convertible debt issued of $22.5 million, minimum tax 
withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement of $20.4 million and a loan to a supplier of $0.7 million. 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  in  2015,  consisted  primarily  of  the  net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of 
convertible debt of $224 million, proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan of $10.7 
million. This was offset, in part, by the purchase of capped call options related to convertible debt issued of $17.8 million 
and minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement of $12.9 million. 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2014, consisted primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options 
and employee stock purchase plan of $7.0 million. This was offset, in part, by the minimum tax withholding paid on behalf 
of employees for net share settlement of $5.0 million. 

49 

  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements  

Our principal sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2016 consisted of $394.3 million of cash, cash equivalents and 
investments  in  marketable  securities.  Based  on  our  current  operating  plan,  we  believe  that  our  existing  cash  and  cash 
equivalents and investments in marketable securities from operations will be sufficient to finance our operational cash needs 
through at least the next 12 - 18 months. In the future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we 
increase headcount, expand our business activities and grow our end customer base which will result in higher needs for 
working capital. Our ability to generate cash from operations is also subject to substantial risks described in Part I, “Item 1A., 
Risk Factors.” If any of these risks occur, we may be unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities. 
We  would  then  be  required  to  use  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  to  support  our  working  capital  and  other  cash 
requirements. If additional funds are required to support our working capital requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, 
we may seek to raise funds through equity or debt financing or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the 
issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, 
and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we 
raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative 
covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur 
interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would 
be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.  

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies  

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:  

Payments due by period  

Less 
Than 
1 Year 

Total 

1-3 
Years 
(in thousands) 

3-5 
Years 

More 
Than 
5 Years 

Convertible debt ...................................................   $
Interest payable on convertible debt .....................     
Operating lease obligations ..................................     
Obligations related to intangibles .........................     
Obligations under capital lease.............................     

517,500      
21,059    $
15,026      
49,863      
2,917      

—      
4,672    $
6,050      
14,612      
1,010      

—    $  517,500      
6,900      
1,370    $ 
—      
545      

9,487      
7,478      
35,251      
1,362      

—  
—  
128  
—  
—  

As of December 31, 2016, we recorded a liability for our uncertain tax position of $1.5  million. We are unable to 
reasonably estimate the timing of payments in individual years due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement 
of tax positions. 

We depend upon third-party subcontractors to manufacture our wafers. Our subcontractor relationships typically allow 
for  the  cancellation  of  outstanding  purchase  orders,  but  require  payment  of  all  expenses  incurred  through  the  date  of 
cancellation. As of December 31, 2016, the total value of open purchase orders for wafers was approximately $9.5 million. 
As of December 31, 2016, we have a commitment to pay $1 million for software license starting in 2017. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, such as the use of structured finance, 

special purpose entities or variable interest entities.  

Recent Authoritative Accounting Guidance  

See Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding recently issued accounting 

pronouncements.  

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Interest Rate Sensitivity  

We had cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities of $394.3 and $326.7 million at December 
31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, which was held for working capital purposes. Our exposure to market interest-
rate risk relates primarily to our investment portfolio. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge the market 
risks of our investments. We manage our total portfolio to encompass a diversified pool of investment-grade securities to 
preserve principal and maintain liquidity. We place our investments with high-quality issuers, money market funds and debt 
securities. Our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2016 consisted of money market funds, U.S. Treasuries, municipal 
bonds, corporate bonds, variable rate demand notes, commercial paper and asset backed securities. Investments in both fixed 
rate  and  floating  rate  instruments  carry  a  degree  of  interest  rate  risk.  Fixed  rate  securities  may  have  their  market  value 
adversely impacted due to an increase in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected 
if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes 
in interest rates or if the decline in fair value of our publicly traded debt investments is judged to be other-than-temporary. 
We may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in 
interest rates. However, because any debt securities we hold are classified as available-for-sale, no gains or losses are realized 
in the income statement due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to maturity or unless declines in 
value are determined to be other-than-temporary. These securities are reported at fair value with the related unrealized gains 
and  losses,  net  of  applicable  taxes,  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  reported  in  a  separate 
component of stockholders' equity. Although, we currently expect that our ability to access or liquidate these investments as 
needed to support our business activities will continue, we cannot ensure that this will not change. We believe that, if market 
interest rates were to change immediately and uniformly by 10% from levels at December 31, 2016, the impact on the fair 
value of these securities or our cash flows or income would not be material. 

In a declining interest rate environment, as short-term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market 
rates. Given the short-term nature of certain investments, the current interest rate environment may negatively impact our 
investment income.  

As of December 31, 2016, we had outstanding debt of $517.5 million in the form of Convertible Notes. The fair value 
of our Convertible Notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the convertible feature. The fair 
value of the Convertible Notes will generally increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. In addition, the 
fair value of the Convertible Notes will generally increase as our common stock price increases and will generally decrease 
as our common stock price declines in value. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our Convertible 
Notes but do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation. 

Our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investment  in  marketable  securities  at  December  31,  2016  consisted  of  $316.4 
million held domestically, with the remaining balance of $77.9 million held by foreign subsidiaries. There may be adverse 
tax effects upon repatriation of these funds to the United States. We do not plan to repatriate cash balances from foreign 
subsidiaries to fund our operations in the United States. 

Foreign Currency Risk  

To date, our international customer and vendor agreements have been denominated almost exclusively in United States 
dollars. Accordingly, we have limited exposure to foreign currency exchange rates and currently enter into immaterial foreign 
currency hedging transactions. 

51 

  
  
      
           
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................................................................  53
Consolidated Balance Sheets ..............................................................................................................................................  54
Consolidated Statements of Income ....................................................................................................................................  55
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) ...............................................................................................  56
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ..............................................................................................................  57
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows .............................................................................................................................  58
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................................................  59

52 

  
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Inphi Corporation:   

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income, 
comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of Inphi Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The 
Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial 
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's 
Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express 
opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated 
audits.  We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was 
maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audits  of  the  financial  statements  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control 
over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

As discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for 
certain elements of its employee share-based payments in 2016. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, 
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.   

As  described  in  Management's  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting,  management  has  excluded 
ClariPhy  Communication  Inc.  from  its  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016 
because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2016. We have also excluded ClariPhy 
Communication Inc. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. ClariPhy Communication Inc. is a wholly-
owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent approximately 3% and 0.4% respectively, of the related 
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
San Jose, California 
March 1, 2017 

53 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................................................................   $ 
Investments in marketable securities ...........................................................................     
Accounts receivable, net .............................................................................................     
Inventories ...................................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...................................................................     
Current assets held for sale ..........................................................................................     
Total current assets...............................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net ...............................................................................................     
Goodwill .............................................................................................................................     
Identifiable intangible assets, net .......................................................................................     
Deferred tax charge ............................................................................................................     
Other assets, net ..................................................................................................................     
Noncurrent assets held for sale ...........................................................................................     
Total assets ....................................................................................................   $ 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity  
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ........................................................................................................   $ 
Deferred revenue .........................................................................................................     
Accrued employee expenses .......................................................................................     
Other accrued expenses ...............................................................................................     
Other current liabilities ...............................................................................................     
Current liabilities held for sale ....................................................................................     
Total current liabilities .........................................................................................     
Convertible debt .................................................................................................................     
Other long-term liabilities ..................................................................................................     
Total liabilities .....................................................................................................     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17) 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

144,867    $ 
249,476      
49,999      
32,039      
23,139      
—      
499,520      
44,471      
105,077      
327,063      
1,384      
13,080      
—      
990,595    $ 

14,039    $ 
3,630      
16,588      
7,277      
24,736      
—      
66,270      
396,857      
64,944      
528,071      

283,044  
43,616  
30,418  
12,628  
3,901  
5,268  
378,875  
33,624  
8,440  
66,289  
2,322  
12,126  
3,370  
505,046  

5,851  
4,654  
13,719  
3,246  
1,018  
5,490  
33,978  
171,701  
8,697  
214,376  

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued ...     
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 41,303,353 and 

39,389,280 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively .     
Additional paid-in capital ............................................................................................     
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) .....................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive income .................................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity ....................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity............................................................................   $ 

—      

—  

41      
459,928      
1,976      
579      
462,524      
990,595    $ 

39  
392,616  
(102,741) 
756  
290,670  
505,046  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014 

2016  

Revenue .............................................................................................   $ 
Cost of revenue ..................................................................................     
Gross profit ........................................................................................     
Operating expenses: 
Research and development ................................................................     
Sales and marketing ..........................................................................     
General and administrative ................................................................     
Total operating expenses ........................................................     
Income (loss) from operations ...........................................................     
Interest expense .................................................................................     
Other income, net ..............................................................................     
Income (loss) before income taxes from continuing operations ........     
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .................................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ..................................     
Discontinued operations: 
Gain from sale ...................................................................................     
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .....................................     
Provision for income taxes ................................................................     
Net income from discontinued operations .........................................     
Net income (loss) .......................................................................   $ 

Earnings per share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ...........................   $ 
Net income from discontinued operations ..................................     
Basic earnings per share .............................................................   $ 
Diluted ........................................................................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ...........................   $ 
Net income from discontinued operations ..................................     
Diluted earnings per share ..........................................................   $ 

266,277   $ 
85,581     
180,696     

108,013     
26,534     
21,201     
155,748     
24,948     
(17,406)    
3,914     
11,456     
(15,057)    
26,513     

78,544     
(3,802)    
(1,799)    
72,943     
99,456   $ 

0.65   $ 
1.80     
2.45   $ 

0.60   $ 
1.65     
2.25   $ 

192,710   $ 
72,694     
120,016     

87,774     
21,462     
20,322     
129,558     
(9,542)    
(783)    
221     
(10,104)    
5,857     
(15,961)    

—     
4,535     
(2,125)    
2,410     
(13,551)  $ 

(0.41)  $ 
0.06     
(0.35)  $ 

(0.41)  $ 
0.06     
(0.35)  $ 

96,145  
44,244  
51,901  

56,508  
15,136  
16,153  
87,797  
(35,896) 
—  
495  
(35,401) 
1,131  
(36,532) 

—  
14,531  
(607) 
13,924  
(22,608) 

(1.12) 
0.43  
(0.69) 

(1.12) 
0.43  
(0.69) 

Weighted-average shares used in computing earnings per share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................     
Diluted ........................................................................................     

40,565,433     
44,124,881     

38,580,330     
38,580,330     

32,707,868  
32,707,868  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014 

2016 

Net income (loss) ..............................................................................   $ 

99,456   $ 

(13,551)  $ 

(22,608) 

Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Available for sale investments: 

Change in unrealized gain, net of $0, $0 and $45 tax expense 

in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively .....................................     
Realized gain reclassified into earnings, net of tax  ...................     
Comprehensive income (loss) ...........................................................   $ 

(172)    
(5)    
99,279   $ 

(87)    
(9)    
(13,647)  $ 

11  
(97) 
(22,694) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

56 

   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
(in thousands, except share amounts)  

Balance at December 31, 2013 .......................................     30,244,439    $ 
Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock 

   Common Stock 
   Shares  

    Amount         
30    $ 

options ........................................................................     

788,196      

Issuance of common stock from restricted stock unit 

grant, net of shares withheld for tax ..........................     

738,862      

1      

1      

Issuance of common stock from employee stock 

purchase plan ..............................................................     

264,886      

—      

Income tax benefit adjustment from stock option 

exercises .....................................................................     
—      
Stock-based compensation expense ...............................     
—      
Issuance of stock from Cortina acquisition ....................      5,274,580      
—      
Net loss ...........................................................................     
Other comprehensive loss, net........................................     
—      
Balance at December 31, 2014 .......................................     37,310,963    $ 
Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock 

options ........................................................................     

722,913      

Issuance of common stock from restricted stock unit 

grants, net of shares withheld for tax .........................      1,028,650      

Issuance of common stock from employee stock 

purchase plan ..............................................................     
Income tax benefit from stock option exercises .............     
Stock-based compensation expense ...............................     
Conversion feature of convertible debt, net of issuance 

326,764      
—      
—      

costs ............................................................................     
—      
Purchase of capped calls .................................................     
—      
—      
Net loss ...........................................................................     
Other comprehensive loss, net........................................     
—      
Balance at December 31, 2015 .......................................     39,389,290    $ 
Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock 

options ........................................................................     

587,229      

Issuance of common stock from restricted stock unit 

grants, net of shares withheld for tax .........................      1,041,743      

Issuance of common stock from employee stock 

purchase plan ..............................................................     
Stock-based compensation expense ...............................     
Conversion feature of convertible debt, net of issuance 

285,101      
—      

costs ............................................................................     
—      
Purchase of capped calls .................................................     
—      
—      
Net income ......................................................................     
—      
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle ....     
Other comprehensive loss, net........................................     
—      
Balance at December 31, 2016 .......................................     41,303,363    $ 

—      
—      
5      
—      
—      
37    $ 

1      

1      

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
39    $ 

1      

1      

—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
41    $ 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

     Retained  
Total 
     Earnings 
Stock- 
    (Accumulated     Comprehensive      holders’ 
     Equity 
     Deficit) 

     Accumulated      
Other 

Income 

225,007    $ 

(66,582)   $ 

938    $ 

159,393   

4,297      

(4,965)     

2,668      

55      
22,460      
77,953      
—      
—      
327,475    $ 

6,144      

(12,914)     

4,583      
4,305      
28,293      

52,532      
(17,802)     
—      
—      
392,616    $ 

5,786      

(20,478)     

5,518      
30,192      

68,834      
(22,540)     
—      
—      
—      
459,928    $ 

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      
—      
(22,608)     
—      
(89,190)   $ 

—      

—      

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
(13,551)     
—      
(102,741)   $ 

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      
—      
99,456      
5,261      
—      
1,976    $ 

—      

4,298   

—      

(4,964 ) 

—      

2,668   

—      
—      
—      
—      
(86)     
852    $ 

55   
22,460   
77,958   
(22,608 ) 
(86 ) 
239,174   

—      

6,145   

—      

(12,913 ) 

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
(96)     
756    $ 

4,583   
4,305   
28,293   

52,532   
(17,802 ) 
(13,551 ) 
(96 ) 
290,670   

—      

5,787   

—      

(20,477 ) 

—      
—      

5,518   
30,192   

—      
—      
—      
—      
(177)     
579    $ 

68,834   
(22,540 ) 
99,456   
5,261   
(177 ) 
462,524   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

57 

  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
        
         
        
  
   
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands)  

2016  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014  

99,456      $ 

(13,551 )    $ 

(22,608 ) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net income (loss) .............................................................................................................    $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ...........................................................................      
Stock-based compensation .................................................................................      
Gain from sale of discontinued operations ........................................................      
Gain from sale of cost method investment ........................................................      
Loss on disposal and abandonment of property and equipment .......................      
Impairment of in-process research and development ........................................      
Deferred income taxes .......................................................................................      
Amortization of deferred tax charge ..................................................................      
Accretion of convertible debt and amortization of issuance expenses  ............      
Amortization of premiums on marketable securities ........................................      
Other noncash items ...........................................................................................      
Changes in assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable .............................................................................      
Inventories ............................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses and other assets ........................................................      
Income tax payable/receivable .............................................................      
Accounts payable .................................................................................      
Accrued expenses .................................................................................      
Deferred revenue ..................................................................................      
Other liabilities .....................................................................................      
Net cash provided by operating activities ..............................      

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchases of property and equipment .............................................................................      
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...............................................................      
Purchases of marketable securities ..................................................................................      
Sales of marketable securities .........................................................................................      
Maturities of marketable securities .................................................................................      
Proceeds from sale of cost method investment ...............................................................      
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations ...............................................................      
Purchase of patents ..........................................................................................................      
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired .................................................................      
Payment of debt related to purchase of intangible asset .................................................      
Purchase of cost-method investment in private companies ............................................      
Net cash used in investing activities ......................................      

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options .........................................................................      
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan ................................................................      
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt, net of issuance costs .................................      
Purchase of capped call options ......................................................................................      
Minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement .........      
Long-term loan provided .................................................................................................      
Payment of capital lease obligations ...............................................................................      
Net cash provided by financing activities ..............................      
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .....................................................      
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............................................................      
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ........................................................................    $ 

31,216        
30,192        
(78,544)      
(1,138)      
—        
—        
(15,539)      
938        
14,178        
1,496        
(5)      

(17,028)      
(6,384)      
(1,389)      
1,411        
3,523        
(45)      
(1,280)      
2,015        
63,073        

(22,348)      
—        
(330,592)      
5,504        
116,627        
6,345        
78,750        
—        
(294,444)      
(55)      
(8,000)      
(448,213)      

5,748        
5,518        
279,459        
(22,540)      
(20,477)      
(725)      
(20)      
246,963        
(138,177)      
283,044        
144,867      $ 

Supplemental cash flow information 

Acquisition of Cortina Systems, Inc. in exchange for common stock ..............    $ 
Interest paid ........................................................................................................      
Income taxes paid ..............................................................................................      

—      $ 
2,537        
156        

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities 

Intangible assets financed with debt ..................................................................      

39,046        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

58 

26,884         
28,293         
—         
—         
1,958         
1,750         
(142 )      
939         
592         
554         
(9 )      

6,496         
8,822         
2,200         
6,441         
(209 )      
3,413         
(443 )      
(1,445 )      
72,543         

(16,557 )      
75         
(21,906 )      
3,937         
12,580         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
(2,000 )      
(23,871 )      

6,145         
4,583         
223,993         
(17,802 )      
(12,913 )      
—         
—         
204,006         
252,678         
30,366         
283,044       $ 

—       $ 
—         
723         

—         

14,114   
22,460   
—   
—   
1,195   
—   
487   
938   
—   
800   
2   

(8,686 ) 
10,119   
(3,255 ) 
(576 ) 
(1,302 ) 
(9,006 ) 
5,424   
(1,665 ) 
8,441   

(21,171 ) 
—   
(38,557 ) 
53,157   
36,715   
—   
—   
(1,580 ) 
(35,308 ) 
—   
(5,000 ) 
(11,744 ) 

4,298   
2,668   
—   
—   
(4,964 ) 
—   
—   
2,002   
(1,301 ) 
31,667   
30,366   

77,958   
—   
715   

—   

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

Inphi Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in November 2000. The Company is a 
fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications and datacenter. The 
Company’s semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and 
minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications and datacenter. In 
addition, the semiconductor solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between analog signals and digital information in 
high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment and datacenter.  

On  October  3,  2014,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Cortina  Systems,  Inc.  including  its  high-speed 
interconnect and optical transport product lines (Cortina) for approximately $52,509 in cash and approximately 5.3 million 
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  in  accordance  with  the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  July  30,  2014  as 
amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 25, 2014. The revenue and expenses 
of Cortina are included in the consolidated statement of income from October 3, 2014 onwards.  

On August 4, 2016, the Company completed the sale of the memory product business to Rambus Inc. (Rambus) for 
$90,000 in cash inclusive of $11,250 which was placed into escrow for a period of twelve months following the closing as 
security for the Company’s indemnification obligations pursuant to the agreement and recorded as other current assets. The 
Company's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for current and prior periods have been retrospectively 
reclassified to present the results of operations of the memory product business as discontinued operations. In addition, the 
assets and liabilities to be disposed of have been treated and classified as held for sale in the balance sheet as of December 
31, 2015. For more information on discontinued operations, see Note 3. 

On  December  12,  2016,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  ClariPhy  Communications  Inc.  (ClariPhy)  for 
$303,661 in cash. The revenue and expenses of ClariPhy are included in the consolidated statement of income from December 
12, 2016.  

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties and believes changes in any of the following areas could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial position or results of operations or cash flows: ability to sustain 
profitable  operations  due  to  losses  incurred  and  accumulated  deficit  in  prior  years,  dependence  on  limited  number  of 
customers for a substantial portion of revenue, product defects, risks related to intellectual property matters, lengthy sales 
cycle  and  competitive  selection  process,  lengthy  and  expensive  qualification  process,  ability  to  develop  new  or  enhance 
products in a timely manner, market development of and demand for the Company’s products, reliance on third parties to 
manufacture, assemble and test products and ability to compete.  

Basis of Presentation  

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Inphi, Cortina, ClariPhy and 
subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

 Business Combinations  

The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  of  business  using  the  purchase  method  of  accounting,  which  requires  the 
Company to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair 
values. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, the estimates are inherently uncertain and subject 
to  refinement.  As  a  result,  during  the  measurement  period,  which  may  be  up  to  one  year  from  the  acquisition  date,  the 
Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. 
Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, 
whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of income. 

Accounting for business combinations requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially 
at the acquisition date including the Company’s estimates  for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed and pre-
acquisition contingencies where applicable. Although, the Company believes the assumptions and estimates made in the past 

59 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

have  been reasonable  and  appropriate,  they  are  based  in part on historical  experience  and  information obtained  from  the 
management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible 
assets  the  Company  acquired  include  future  expected  cash  flows  from  product  sales,  customer  contracts  and  acquired 
technologies, expected costs to develop in-process research and development (IPR&D) into commercially viable products 
and estimated cash flows from the projects when completed and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may 
occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. 

Use of Estimates  

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to (i) the collectibility of accounts 
receivable and allowance for distributors’ price discounts; (ii) write down for excess and obsolete inventories; (iii) warranty 
obligations; (iv) the value assigned to and estimated useful lives of long-lived assets; (v) the realization of tax assets and 
estimates of tax liabilities and tax reserves; (vi) the valuation of equity securities; (vii) amounts recorded in connection with 
acquisitions; (viii) recoverability of intangible assets and goodwill and (ix) the recognition and disclosure of fair value of 
convertible debt and contingent liabilities. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various 
other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for 
making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The 
Company engages third party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of financial instruments 
and assets associated with various contractual arrangements, and valuation of assets acquired in connection with acquisitions. 
Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in 
evaluating  ranges  of  assumptions  and  financial  inputs.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  those  estimates  under  different 
assumptions or circumstances.  

Foreign Currency Translation  

The Company and its subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Foreign currency assets and liabilities 
are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities, which are 
remeasured at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured at the exchange rate in effect during the period 
the  transaction  occurred,  except  for  those  expenses  related  to  balance  sheet  amounts,  which  are  remeasured  at  historical 
exchange rates. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income as 
part of “Other income (expense)”. Foreign currency loss in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $434, $524, and $136, respectively. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at 
the  date  of  purchase  to  be  cash  equivalents.  The  Company  maintains  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  major  financial 
institutions and, at times, such balances with any one financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
insurance limits. Cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds.  

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments  

The carrying amount reflected in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid and 
other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate fair value due to the short-
term nature of these financial instruments.  

Investments in Marketable Securities 

Investments  in  marketable  securities  consist  of  available-for-sale  securities.  These  investments  are  recorded  at  fair 
value with changes in fair value, net of applicable taxes, recorded as unrealized gains (losses) as a component of accumulated 
other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-

60 

 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in Other (expense) income, net. The cost basis for realized gains and 
losses on available-for-sale securities is determined on a specific identification basis. Investments are made based on the 
Company’s investment policy which restricts the types of investments that can be made. The Company classified available-
for-sale securities as short-term as the investments are available to be used in current operations. 

Inventories  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual 
cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventories are reduced for write downs based on periodic reviews for evidence of slow-
moving or obsolete parts. The write-down is based on comparison between inventory on hand and estimated future sales for 
each specific product. Once written down, inventory write downs are not reversed until the inventory is sold or scrapped. 
Inventory  write  downs  are  also  established when  conditions  indicate  that  the  net  realizable value  is  less  than  cost due  to 
physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price level or other causes. Inventory valuation reserves were $3,967 and 
$3,974 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Property and Equipment  

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and 
amortization  is  provided  on  property  and  equipment  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Leasehold 
improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repairs 
and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Useful lives by asset category are as follows:  

Years  
Asset Category  
Office equipment ...........................................................................................  3 years 
Software ........................................................................................................  3 years 
Leasehold improvements ...............................................................................  Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life 
Production equipment ...................................................................................  2 years 
Computer equipment .....................................................................................  5 years 
Lab equipment ...............................................................................................  5 years 
Furniture and fixtures ....................................................................................  7 years 

 Equipment Under Capital Leases 

The Company leases certain of its equipment under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital 
leases are initially recorded at the fair value of the assets under lease. The capital lease obligation outstanding at December 
31, 2016 was $2,430. 

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets represent rights acquired for developed technology, customer relationships, trade mark, patents and 
IPR&D in connection with the business acquisitions. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over periods 
ranging from one to ten years using a method that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset 
are consumed, or if that pattern cannot be reliably determined, using a straight-line amortization method. Acquired IPR&D 
is capitalized and amortization commences upon completion of the underlying projects. If any of the projects are abandoned, 
the Company would be required to impair the related IPR&D asset. 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill  

Long-lived Assets  

The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment and 
intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired and the carrying 
value  may  not  be  recoverable.  Events  or  changes  in  circumstances  that  may  indicate  that  an  asset  is  impaired  include 
significant decreases in the market value of an asset, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected 
future results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in which an asset is utilized, significant declines in the estimated 

61 

 
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

fair value of the overall Company for a sustained period, shifts in technology, loss of key management or personnel, changes 
in the Company’s operating model or strategy and competitive forces.  

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the 
expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment 
loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the 
present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted 
market prices or appraised values, depending on the nature of the assets.  

Goodwill  

Goodwill is recorded when the consideration paid for a business acquisition exceeds the fair value of net tangible and 
intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is measured and tested for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth fiscal quarter 
or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist.   

To review for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances 
lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount. The qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific events 
or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. Those factors include: 
(i)  severe  adverse  industry  or  economic  trends;  (ii)  significant  company-specific  actions,  including  exiting  an  activity  in 
conjunction with restructuring of operations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of our financial performance; 
or (iv) a sustained decrease in our market capitalization below our net book value. After assessing the totality of events and 
circumstances, if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount, no further assessment is performed. If however, the Company determines that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of any of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company calculates the fair value 
of that reporting unit and compares the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. If the carrying amount of goodwill 
exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. There was 
no impairment of goodwill in 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

Internal Use Software Costs  

Certain external computer software costs acquired for internal use are capitalized. Training costs and maintenance are 
expensed as incurred, while upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that such expenditures will result in 
additional functionality. Capitalized costs are included within property and equipment. In 2016, the Company adopted the 
guidance related to accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement. See discussion below. 

Revenue Recognition  

The  Company’s  products  are  fully  functional  at  the  time  of  shipment  and  do  not  require  additional  production, 
modification,  or  customization.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  there  is  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement, 
delivery  has  occurred,  the  fee  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and  collection  is  reasonably  assured.  The  Company’s  sales 
arrangements do not include multiple elements.  

Product revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and 
allowances, which to date, have not been significant. Product revenue on sales made through distributors with rights of return 
or price protection is deferred until the distributors sell the product to end customers. Sales to distributors are included in 
deferred revenue and the Company includes the related costs in inventory until sale to the end customers occurs. Certain 
distributors  may  receive  a  credit  for  the  price  discounts  associated  with  the  distributors'  customers  that  purchased  those 
products. The Company estimates the extent of these distributor price discounts at each reporting period to reduce accounts 
receivable  and  deferred  revenue,  but  does  not  issue  these  discounts  to  the  distributor  until  the  inventory  is  sold  to  the 
distributors' customers. The Company’s sales to direct customers are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders 
for delivery of products. The Company generally allows customers to cancel or change purchase orders within limited notice 
periods prior to the scheduled shipment.  

62 

 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  from  the  sales  and  licensing  of  its  intellectual  property  when  the  following 
fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the sales price 
is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. 

Occasionally, the Company enters into development agreements with some of its customers and recognizes revenue 
from these agreements upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables or as services are provided, 
depending on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue is deferred for any amounts billed or received prior to completion of 
milestones or delivery of services. 

Revenue from non-product sales was less than 1% and 2% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 

2015, respectively. 

Cost of Revenue  

Cost  of revenue  includes  cost  of  materials,  such  as wafers  processed  by third-party  foundries,  cost  associated with 
packaging and assembly, test and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, and equipment associated 
with  manufacturing  support,  logistics  and  quality  assurance,  warranty  cost,  amortization  of  developed  technology, 
amortization of step-up values of inventory, write down of inventories, amortization of production mask costs, overhead and 
an allocated portion of occupancy costs.  

Warranty  

The Company’s products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one 
or two years. The Company accrues for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and 
actual  historical  warranty  claims  experience  including  knowledge  of  specific  product  failures  that  are  outside  of  the 
Company’s typical experience. The warranty obligation is determined based on product failure rates, cost of replacement and 
failure analysis cost. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments may be required in the 
future. As of both December 31, 2016 and 2015, the warranty liability was $110. 

Research and Development Expense  

Research  and  development  expense  consists  of  costs  incurred  in  performing  research  and  development  activities 
including salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, occupancy costs, pre-production engineering mask costs, 
overhead costs and prototype wafer, packaging and test costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The 
Company  enters  into  development  agreements  with  some  of  the  Company’s  customers.  Recoveries  from  nonrecurring 
engineering services from early stage technology are recorded as an offset to product development expense incurred in support 
of this effort and serve as a mechanism to partially recover development expenditures. These reimbursements are recognized 
upon  completion  and  acceptance  by  the  customer  of  contract  deliverables  or  milestones.  The  Company  recorded 
approximately $2,400, $10,750, $10,250 as offset to research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Sales and Marketing Expense  

Sales  and  marketing  expense  consists  of  salaries,  stock-based  compensation,  employee  benefits,  travel,  trade  show 
costs and others. The Company expenses sales and marketing costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not material.  

General and Administrative Expense  

General and administrative expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits and expenses 
for  executive  management,  legal,  finance  and  others.  In  addition,  general  and  administrative  expense  includes  fees  for 
professional services and occupancy costs. These costs are expensed as incurred.  

63 

 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Income Taxes  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of 
assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are 
expected to reverse. The Company must also make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered 
from future taxable income. To the extent that it believes that recovery is not likely, the Company must establish a valuation 
allowance. The carrying value of the Company’s net deferred tax asset is based on whether it is more likely than not that the 
Company  will  generate  sufficient  future  taxable  income  to  realize  these  deferred  tax  assets.  A  valuation  allowance  is 
established  for  deferred  tax  assets  which  the  Company  does  not  believe  meet  the  “more  likely  than  not”  criteria.  The 
Company’s judgments regarding future taxable income may change over time due to changes in market conditions, changes 
in tax laws, tax planning strategies or other factors. If the Company’s assumptions and consequently its estimates change in 
the  future,  the  valuation  allowance  the  Company  has  established  may  be  increased  or  decreased,  resulting  in  a  material 
respective increase or decrease in income tax expense (benefit) and related impact on the Company’s reported net income 
(loss).  

In  accordance  with  FASBs  guidance  on  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  the  Company  performs  a 
comprehensive review of uncertain tax positions regularly. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents an expected 
treatment of a tax position taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, which has not 
been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. Until these positions are sustained by the 
taxing authorities, the Company does not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and reports the tax effects 
as a liability for uncertain tax positions in the consolidated financial statements. The Company recognizes potential interest 
and penalties on uncertain tax positions within provision (benefit) for income taxes on the consolidated statement of income. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

Stock-based compensation for stock option and restricted stock units issued to the Company’s employees is measured 
at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is 
the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of the 
Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  Historically,  the  Company  granted  stock  options  to  employees  and  the 
Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for valuing stock option awards granted to employees and directors 
at the grant date. Determining the fair value of stock option awards at the grant date requires the input of various assumptions, 
including fair value of the underlying common stock, expected future share price volatility, expected term, risk-free interest 
rate and dividend rate. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. The Company based 
its estimate of expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The 
risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  yields  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant  for  periods  corresponding  to  the 
expected life of the options. The weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified method. This 
decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to the Company’s limited experience. The expected dividend 
yield is zero because the Company has not historically paid dividends and has no present intention to pay dividends. The 
Company establishes the estimated forfeiture rates based on historical experience. The value of the portion of the award that 
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period which is equal to the vesting period.  

The Company has elected to treat share-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service 
conditions  as  single  awards  and  recognizes  stock-based  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  (net  of  estimated 
forfeitures) over the requisite service period.  

The Company recognizes non-employee stock-based compensation expenses based on the estimated fair value of the 
equity instrument determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the 
stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of each non-employee 
variable stock award is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.  

Earnings per Share  

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average 
number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net 
income allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the 

64 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

effects of potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, employee share 
purchase plan and the shares that could be issued upon conversion of the Company’s convertible debt. The capped call options 
in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as 
their impact is always anti-dilutive.  

Segment Information  

The  Company  operates  in one reporting segment  related to  the design, development  and  sale  of  high speed  analog 
connectivity components that operate to maintain, amplify and improve signal integrity at high speeds in a wide variety of 
applications. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results 
on an aggregate basis and manages the Company’s operations as a single operating segment.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance on “Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers.” The new revenue recognition guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how 
revenue is recognized. The guidance requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled 
for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The new guidance was initially effective for the Company on 
January 1, 2017. The new guidance permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. In July 
2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date of the new revenue recognition standard by one year. The guidance may be 
adopted as early as January 1, 2017, the effective date of the original guidance. In March 2016, the FASB issued a guidance 
in  the  assessment  whether  an  entity  is  a  principal  or  an  agent  in  the  new  revenue  standard  (gross  versus  net  revenue 
presentation). In April 2016, the FASB issued a guidance which amends the revenue guidance on identifying performance 
obligations and accounting for licenses of intellectual property. The guidance changed the previous proposals on renewals of 
right-of-use licenses and contractual restrictions. The guidance has the same effective date and transition requirements as the 
new revenue standard. The Company selected the cumulative effect transition method. Under the new guidance, the Company 
likely  to  recognize  revenue  on  sales  to  distributors  upon  shipment  and  transfer  of  control  (known  as  “sell-in”  revenue 
recognition), rather than deferring recognition until distributors report that they have sold the products to their customers 
(known  as  “sell-through”  revenue  recognition).  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  other  effects  that  the  new  revenue 
standards will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement. 
The new standard provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. 
If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license 
element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does 
not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. Upon adoption, cash 
paid for cloud computing arrangements that include software will be classified as an investing activity on our statement of 
cash flows. The Company adopted this standard at the beginning of 2016 which resulted in an increase in intangible assets. 

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance applying to inventory measured using any other method other than last-in, 
last-out method. Under this guidance inventory is measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The net realizable 
value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  reasonably  predictable  costs  of  completion, 
disposal, and transportation. The guidance is applied prospectively and is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 
2017. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In  September  2015,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  that  requires  an  acquirer  in  a  business  combination  to  recognize 
adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the 
adjustment  amounts  are  determined.  The  guidance  also  requires  disclosure  of  the  effect  on  earnings  of  changes  in 
depreciation, amortization or other income effects, if any, as a result of the adjustment to the provisional amounts, calculated 
as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 
1, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
and related disclosures. 

65 

 
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In January 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the 
equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes 
in fair value recognized in net income. However, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily 
determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in 
orderly  transactions  for  the  identical  or  a  similar  investment  of  the  same  issuer.  The  guidance  simplifies  the  impairment 
assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify 
impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment 
at fair value. The guidance eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant 
assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized 
cost on the balance sheet, and requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of 
financial  instruments  for  disclosure  purposes.  The  guidance  also  requires  an  entity  to  present  separately  in  other 
comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-
specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option 
for financial instruments. Separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form 
of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial 
statements is required under this guidance. The guidance further clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation 
allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax 
assets. The guidance is applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the 
fiscal year of adoption and is effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early adoption is permitted only if 
certain criteria is met. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial 
statements and related disclosures. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires companies that lease assets (lessees) to recognize on the 
balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by the leases with lease terms of more than 12 
months. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company 
is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued a guidance that eliminate the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use 
of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust 
the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method had 
been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The guidance require that the equity method 
investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held 
interest  and  adopt  the  equity  method  of  accounting  as  of  the  date  the  investment  becomes  qualified  for  equity  method 
accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is 
required. The guidance also requires that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the 
equity  method  of  accounting  recognize  through  earnings  the  unrealized  holding  gain  or  loss  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The guidance is effective 
for the Company beginning after January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on 
its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued a guidance that will change certain aspects of accounting for share-based payments 
to employees. The new guidance requires all income tax effects of awards to be recognized in the income statement when the 
awards vest or are settled. It also allows an employer to repurchase more of an employee’s shares than the minimum for tax 
withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting and to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they 
occur.  The  new  guidance  allows  entities  to  estimate  forfeiture  or  recognize  forfeitures  when  they  occur.  It  also  requires 
presentation of excess tax benefits as an operating activity and cash paid by employer to taxing authorities on the employees’ 
behalf for withheld shares as financing activity on the statement of cash flows. The Company early adopted this standard at 
the beginning of 2016 and the effect of adoption is discussed in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance related to the classification of certain transactions on the statement of cash 
flows. The guidance will be effective for calendar year-end public companies in 2018, however early adoption is permitted. 
The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

66 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In October 2016, the FASB issued a guidance which amends the financial reporting for the income tax consequences 
of intra-entity transfers other than inventory. The guidance requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an 
intra-entity transfer of an asset (with the exception of inventory) when the transfer occurs. The guidance will be effective for 
calendar year-end public companies in 2018, however early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the 
impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued a guidance on classifying the definition of a business. This guidance clarifies the 
definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should 
be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This guidance will be effective for calendar year-end 
public  companies  in  2018.  Early  adoption  is  permitted  for  transactions  for  which  the  acquisition  date  occurs  before  the 
effective date of the guidance only when the transaction has not been reported in financial statements that have been issued. 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  a  guidance  to  simplify  the  measurement  of  goodwill  by  eliminating  the  Step  2 
impairment  test.  Step  2  measures  a  goodwill  impairment  loss  by  comparing  the  implied  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit’s 
goodwill  with  the  carrying  amount  of  that  goodwill.  The  new  guidance  requires  an  entity  to  compare  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount 
exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible 
goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The new 
guidance becomes effective for goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, though early 
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new guidance 

2. Acquisitions  

On December 12, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. for $303,661 in 
cash. The Company acquired ClariPhy to provide a complete coherent platform to the Company’s customers in long haul, 
metro, and datacenter interconnect applications. Cash of $30,000 was placed in an escrow fund for up to 24 months following 
the closing for the satisfaction of certain potential indemnification claims. The consolidated financial statements include the 
results of operations of ClariPhy as of the acquisition date.  

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting which requires, among other things, 
that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company allocated 
the purchase price to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The 
fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management at the time 
of acquisition. As additional information becomes available, such as finalization of the estimated fair value of tax related 
items, the Company may revise the preliminary purchase price allocation during the measurement period (which will not 
exceed 12 months from the acquisition date). Any such revisions or changes may be material as the Company finalizes the 
fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date:  

Cash ............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
Receivables ................................................................................................................................................     
Inventories ..................................................................................................................................................     
Other current assets ....................................................................................................................................     
Property and equipment .............................................................................................................................     
Identifiable intangible assets ......................................................................................................................     
In-process research and development .........................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent assets ..............................................................................................................................     
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities ..............................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities, noncurrent .............................................................................................................     
Other liabilities ...........................................................................................................................................     
Total identifiable net assets ........................................................................................................................     
Goodwill.....................................................................................................................................................     
Net assets acquired .....................................................................................................................................   $ 

7,417  
2,552  
13,774  
2,739  
6,163  
138,558  
97,340  
753  
(13,667) 
(42,958) 
(5,647) 
207,024  
96,637  
303,661  

67 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

As of the acquisition date, the fair value of receivables, other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other 

liabilities approximated the book value acquired.  

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of intangible assets and their estimated useful lives as of the 

date of acquisition:  

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Estimated  
Useful Life 
(Years) 

Developed technology .............................................................................................   $ 
Customer relationships ............................................................................................     
Trade name ..............................................................................................................     
Software ..................................................................................................................     
In-process research and development ......................................................................     
  $ 

66,450    
62,370      
1,390      
8,348    
97,340      
235,898      

1 -  6 
7 
5 
1 -  3 
— 

Developed technology was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. This 
method involves discounting the direct cash flow expected to be generated by the technologies over their remaining lives, net 
of returns on contributory assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the technology cycle related to each 
product family and its expected contribution to forecasted revenue. Customer relationships were valued using the incremental 
cash flow approach which involved discounting management’s estimate of the incremental revenues afforded by having the 
existing customer relationships in place as of the acquisition date, net of operating expense, taxes and returns on contributory 
assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the estimated customer product or program ramp-up period required 
to develop the similar existing customer revenue base. Trade name was valued based on application of relief-from-royalty 
approach under the income approach. This method is based on the application of a royalty rate to forecasted revenue. The 
estimated useful life was determined based on the expected life of the trade names, the history of the trade names and the 
cash flows anticipated over the forecasted periods. In-process research and development was valued using the multi-period 
excess earnings method under the income approach, with the additional inclusion of estimated costs required to complete the 
projects.  

The Company capitalized $97,340 of IPR&D costs related to the ClariPhy acquisition. Upon completion of the projects, 
the related IPR&D assets will be amortized over their estimated useful lives. If the projects are abandoned, the Company will 
be required to impair the related IPR&D asset. The following table summarizes the details of IPR&D are:  

Description 

Percentage 
of  
Completion     

IPR&D    

Estimated 
Cost to 

Complete    Expected Release Date  

M200 .............................................................................   $ 

60,500    

67%  $ 

12,064  

Lightspeed III ................................................................     

36,840    

26%    

39,176  

2018 

2019 

Discount  rates  of  17%  to  20%  were  applied  to  the  projected  cash  flows  to  reflect  the  risk  related  to  these  IPR&D 

projects. 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and is attributable 
to the work force of ClariPhy, the Company’s going concern value with the opportunity to leverage its work force to develop 
new  technologies  and  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  grow  the  business  faster  and  more  profitable  than  was  possible  by 
ClariPhy as a stand-alone company. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes.  

68 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
      
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
     
       
     
  
 
  
   
     
       
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Company incurred acquisition costs of $1,738 which are included in general and administrative expense in the 

consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

ClariPhy contributed revenue of $1,128 and pre-tax loss of $2,361 to the Company for the period from December 12, 

2016 to December 31, 2016.  

Pro Forma Information  

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents a summary of the Company’s consolidated results 
of  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  assuming  the  ClariPhy 
acquisition had been completed as of January 1, 2015. The pro forma information includes adjustments to amortization and 
depreciation for intangible assets and property and equipment acquired, amortization of the purchase accounting effect on 
inventory acquired from ClariPhy, interest income for reduction in short-term investments to fund the acquisition and interest 
expense from assumed debt issued to fund the acquisition. 

Pro Forma 
Year Ended 
December 31, 2016      
(unaudited) 

Pro Forma 
Year Ended 
December 31, 2015   
(unaudited) 

Revenue .............................................................................................................    $ 
Net income (loss) ..............................................................................................    $ 
Earnings per share – basic .................................................................................    $ 
Earnings per share – diluted ..............................................................................    $ 

304,820    $ 
48,481    $ 
1.20    $ 
1.10    $ 

228,040  
(48,356) 
(1.25) 
(1.25) 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated results were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting and are based 
on the historical financial information of the Company and ClariPhy, reflecting the results of operations for the year ended 
December  31,  2016  and  2015.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  results  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  what  the 
Company’s consolidated results of operations actually would have been had the Company completed the acquisition as of the 
beginning of the period presented. In addition, the unaudited pro forma consolidated results do not purport to project the 
future  results  of  operations  of  the  combined  company  nor  do  they  reflect  the  expected  realization  of  any  cost  savings 
associated with the acquisition.  

On  October  3,  2014,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Cortina  Systems,  Inc.  including  its  high-speed 
interconnect and optical transport product lines for approximately $52,509 in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares. The 
Company did not acquire as part of the merger, Cortina Systems, Inc.’s access and digital Home business, which Cortina 
Systems,  Inc.  divested  prior  to  the  closing  of  the  acquisition.  The  Company  acquired  Cortina  to  expand  the  Company’s 
resources and market share of the high-speed optical and networking interconnects. Cash of $16,500 was placed in an escrow 
fund for up to 12 months following the closing for the satisfaction of certain potential indemnification claims. The escrow 
fund was released in October 2015. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of Cortina as of 
the acquisition date.  

 The fair value of consideration transferred is shown in the table below:  

Cash ............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
Common stock ...........................................................................................................................................     
  $ 

52,509  
77,958  
130,467  

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting which requires, among other things, 

that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date.  

69 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date:  

Cash ............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
Receivables ................................................................................................................................................     
Inventories ..................................................................................................................................................     
Other current assets ....................................................................................................................................     
Property and equipment .............................................................................................................................     
Identifiable intangible assets ......................................................................................................................     
In-process research and development .........................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent assets ..............................................................................................................................     
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities ..............................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities, noncurrent .............................................................................................................     
Other liabilities ...........................................................................................................................................     
Total identifiable net assets ........................................................................................................................     
Goodwill.....................................................................................................................................................     
Net assets acquired .....................................................................................................................................   $ 

17,201  
15,155  
30,002  
1,685  
4,751  
80,660  
1,750  
366  
(22,545) 
(725) 
(1,112) 
127,188  
3,279  
130,467  

As  of  the  acquisition  date,  the  fair  value  of  receivables,  other  assets,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses 

approximated the book value acquired.  

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of intangible assets and their estimated useful lives as of the 

date of acquisition:  

Estimated  
Fair Value 

Estimated 
Useful Life 
(Years) 

Developed technology .............................................................................................   $ 
Customer relationships ............................................................................................     
Trade name ..............................................................................................................     
In-process research and development ......................................................................     
  $ 

71,570    
8,170      
920      
1,750      
82,410      

5 -  8 
10 
5 
— 

Developed technology was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. This 
method involves discounting the direct cash flow expected to be generated by the technologies over their remaining lives, net 
of returns on contributory assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the technology cycle related to each 
product family and its expected contribution to forecast revenue. Customer relationships were valued using the incremental 
cash flow approach which involved discounting management’s estimate of the incremental revenues afforded by having the 
existing customer relationships in place as of the acquisition date, net of operating expense, taxes and returns on contributory 
assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the estimated customer product or program ramp-up period required 
to develop the similar existing customer revenue base. Trade name was valued based on application of relief-from-royalty 
approach under the income approach. This method is based on the application of a royalty rate to forecasted revenue. The 
estimated useful life was determined based on the expected life of the trade names, the history of the trade names and the 
cash flows anticipated over the forecasted periods. In-process research and development was valued using the multi-period 
excess earnings method under the income approach, with the additional inclusion of estimated costs required to complete the 
projects.  

The Company capitalized $1,750 of IPR&D costs related to the Cortina acquisition. In the year ended December 31, 
2015, the Company abandoned the project related to in-process research and development and recorded an impairment charge 
of $1,750 included in the research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of income. 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and is attributable 
to the workforce of Cortina. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes. During the year ended December 
31, 2015, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment of $251. The adjustment has been recorded retrospectively 

70 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
      
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

to reflect measurement period adjustments to the provisional acquisition accounting values as of the acquisition date. The 
changes in provisional values resulted in a retrospective decrease of $251 in goodwill and income tax payable.  

The Company incurred acquisition costs of $1,091 which are included in general and administrative expense in the 

consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Cortina contributed revenue of $21,018 and pre-tax loss of $10,018 to the Company for the period from October 3, 

2014 to December 31, 2014.  

Pro Forma Information  

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents a summary of the Company’s consolidated results 
of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, assuming the Cortina acquisition had been completed as of January 1, 
2013. The pro forma information includes adjustments to amortization and depreciation for intangible assets and property 
and equipment acquired, amortization of the purchase accounting effect on inventory acquired from Cortina, and interest 
income for reduction in short-term investments to fund the acquisition. 

Pro Forma 
Year Ended 
December 31, 
2014 
(unaudited) 

Revenue ....................................................................................................................................................   $ 
Net loss .....................................................................................................................................................   $ 
Earnings per share – basic ........................................................................................................................   $ 
Earnings per share – diluted .....................................................................................................................   $ 

224,116   
(8,500 ) 
(0.23 ) 
(0.23 ) 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated results were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting and are based 
on the historical financial information of the Company and Cortina, reflecting the results of operations for the year ended 
December  31,  2014.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  results  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  what  the  Company’s 
consolidated results of operations actually would have been had the Company completed the acquisition as of the beginning 
of the period presented. In addition, the unaudited pro forma consolidated results do not purport to project the future results 
of operations of the combined company nor do they reflect the expected realization of any cost savings associated with the 
acquisition.  

3. Discontinued Operations 

On August 4, 2016, the Company completed the sale of its memory product business (the “Business”) to Rambus Inc. 
(Rambus) for $90,000 in cash, $11,250 of which was placed into escrow for a period of the twelve months following the 
closing as security for the Company’s indemnification obligations pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 
2016. The divestiture of the Business was part of a strategic plan to focus on and increase investments in the Company’s 
communication business. The Company recorded a gain of $78,544 in the year ended December 31, 2016. The assets and 
liabilities of the Business as of December 31, 2015 have been reclassified as held for sale and the results of operations are 
shown in net income from discontinued operations. The Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying 
notes for current and prior periods have been restated to reflect the discontinued operations presentation. 

71 

 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The carrying amounts of the major classes of assets and liabilities that are reclassified as held for sale on the condensed 

consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 were as follows: 

Assets 
Current assets 

Inventories ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................................................................................      
Total current assets held for sale ........................................................................................................      

Noncurrent assets 

Property and equipment, net ...............................................................................................................      
Goodwill .............................................................................................................................................      
Assets held for sale .................................................................................................................................    $ 

Liabilities 

Accounts payable ................................................................................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue ................................................................................................................................      
Other accrued expenses ......................................................................................................................      
Liabilities held for sale ...........................................................................................................................    $ 

The components of the gain on sale of the Business were as follows: 

Cash proceeds from sale (including amounts held in escrow) ...............................................................    $ 
Less book value of assets sold: 

Inventories ..........................................................................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses ................................................................................................................................      
Property and equipment ......................................................................................................................      
Goodwill .............................................................................................................................................      
Deferred revenue ................................................................................................................................      
Liabilities ............................................................................................................................................      
Gain on sale ............................................................................................................................................    $ 

5,200  
68  
5,268  

2,656  
714  
8,638  

2,538  
2,013  
939  
5,490  

90,000  

(5,947) 
(250) 
(7,051) 
(714) 
1,757  
749  
78,544  

The results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows: 

Revenue .............................................................................................  $ 
Cost of revenue ..................................................................................    
Operating expenses ...........................................................................    
Other income .....................................................................................    
Gain on sale .......................................................................................    
Provision for income taxes ................................................................    
Net income from discontinued operations .........................................  $ 

The results of discontinued operations include the following: 

Year Ended December 31,  

2016  

2015  

2014  

24,418   $ 
(13,367)    
(15,029)    
176     
78,544     
(1,799)    
72,943   $ 

53,906   $ 
(25,600)   
(23,771)   
—     
—     
(2,125)   
2,410   $ 

59,997  
(26,244) 
(19,222) 
—  
—  
(607) 
13,924  

Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................  $ 
Stock-based compensation expense ..................................................    
Property and equipment expenditures ...............................................    

1,103  $ 
2,194    
2,455    

2,044   $ 
4,980     
2,265     

2,858 
3,937 
2,389 

Year Ended December 31,  

2016 

2015 

2014 

72 

 
 
   
        
  
        
  
        
  
  
        
  
        
  
  
  
        
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In connection with the sale of the Business, the Company entered into a transition service agreement with Rambus 
under which the Company will provide certain services on an interim, transitional basis, for a period of six months. The total 
amount billed to Rambus for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1,563. 

4. Investments  

The following table summarizes the investments by investment category: 

December 31, 2016 
Gross 
Unrealized  
Loss 

Gross 
Unrealized  
Gain 

Cost 

     Fair Value   

Available-for-sale securities: 

US treasury securities ......................................................   $ 
Municipal bonds ..............................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds .....................................................     
Variable rate demand notes ..............................................     
Asset backed securities ....................................................     
Commercial paper ............................................................     
Total investments ................................................................   $ 

3,999    $ 
45,289      
112,330      
58,930      
5,221      
23,945      
249,714    $ 

1    $ 
3      
36      
—      
2      
2      
44    $ 

—    $ 
(121)     
(161)     
—      
—      
—      
(282)   $ 

4,000  
45,171  
112,205  
58,930  
5,223  
23,947  
249,476  

December 31, 2015 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Loss 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gain 

Cost 

     Fair Value    

Available-for-sale securities: 

US treasury securities ......................................................   $ 
Municipal bonds ..............................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds .....................................................     
Government agency bonds ...............................................     
Asset backed securities ....................................................     
Total investments ................................................................   $ 

2,998     $ 
20,042      
14,700      
4,011      
1,926      
43,677    $ 

—    $ 
13      
1      
—      
—      
14    $ 

(5)   $ 
(19)     
(44)     
(4)     
(3)     
(75)   $ 

2,993  
20,036  
14,657  
4,007  
1,923  
43,616  

As  of  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  had  98  investments  that  were  in  an  unrealized  loss  position.  The  gross 
unrealized losses on these investments at December 31, 2016 were primarily due to changes in interest rates and determined 
to be temporary in nature. The Company reviews the investments to identify and evaluate investments that have an indication 
of  possible  other-than-temporary  impairment.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  a  loss  is  other-than-temporary 
include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis, the financial condition and near-
term prospects of the investee, and the intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any 
anticipated recovery in market value. 

The  realized  gain  related  to  the  Company’s  available-for-sale  investment,  which  was  reclassified  from  other 

comprehensive income, was included in other income in the consolidated statements of income.  

The contractual maturities of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2016 are presented in the following table:  

Due in one year or less .....................................................................................    $ 
Due between one and five years .......................................................................      
Due after five years ..........................................................................................      
  $ 

134,350    $ 
60,434      
54,930      
249,714    $ 

134,274  
60,272  
54,930  
249,476  

Cost 

Fair Value 

73 

 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In 2016 and 2015, the Company used cash to purchase a minority interests in early stage private companies for $8,000 
and $2,000, respectively. The Company’s ownership in these entities are less than 10% and the Company does not have the 
ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the entities, therefore, the investments are 
accounted  for  under  the  cost  method  and  included  in  other  assets  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total cost method investments was $10,000 and $9,621, respectively. No impairments were 
recorded for these cost method investments for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. In July 2016, the Company 
sold its minority interest in a cost method investment for $8,759, of which $2,414 was held in escrow. The gain on sale of 
$1,138 was included in other income in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

5. Concentrations  

Financial  instruments  that  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  cash,  cash 
equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company extends differing levels of credit to customers and does not require 
collateral deposits. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has allowance for doubtful accounts of $155 and $165, 
respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has allowance for distributors’ price discount of $2,643 and 
$2,241, respectively. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  significant  customers’  and  distributors’  accounts  receivable  and  revenue  as  a 

percentage of total accounts receivable and total revenue, respectively:  

Accounts Receivable 
Customer A .................................................................................................................     
Customer B .................................................................................................................     
Customer C .................................................................................................................     

December 31,  

2016 

2015 

22%     
13       
*       

Revenue 
Customer A ......................................................................     
Customer D ......................................................................     
Customer E .......................................................................     
Customer F .......................................................................     

* 

Less than 10% of total receivable or total revenue 

2016  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014  

13%     
*       
*       
*       

*       
*       
*       
*       

*  
*  
13% 

*  
13% 
11  
10  

Customer A is a subcontractor of a direct customer that would be a “Customer G” above. In the aggregate, revenue to 
Customer A and Customer G as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 16% and 11% for the years ended December 
31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In addition, the Company sells direct and indirectly through subcontractors to what would 
be a “Customer H” above. The Company believes in the aggregate, revenue to Customer H, including its subcontractors as a 
percentage of total revenue was approximately 12% and 17% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

6. Inventories  

Inventories consist of the following:  

Raw materials ..............................................................................................................   $ 
Work in process ...........................................................................................................     
Finished goods.............................................................................................................     
 $ 

1,648    $ 
15,999      
14,392      
32,039    $ 

2,491  
2,511  
7,626  
12,628  

December 31,  

2016 

2015 

74 

 
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
                                          
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Finished  goods  include  amounts  held  by  distributors  of  $805  and  $1,435  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015, 

respectively.  

7. Property and Equipment, net  

Property and equipment consist of the following:  

Laboratory and production equipment .......................................................................   $ 
Office, software and computer equipment .................................................................     
Furniture and fixtures .................................................................................................     
Leasehold improvements ............................................................................................     

Less accumulated depreciation ...................................................................................     
  $ 

December 31,  

2016 

2015 

64,402     $ 
25,248       
1,396       
6,707       
97,753       
(53,282 )     
44,471     $ 

46,875  
18,556  
1,264  
5,866  
72,561  
(38,937) 
33,624  

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $15,943, $12,106 

and $8,040, respectively.  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, computer software costs included in property and equipment were $6,453 and 
$5,929, respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized computer software costs was $1,152, $1,011 and $614 for the years 
ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

Property and equipment not paid as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $4,221 and $1,949, respectively. 

The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease agreements. Assets held under capital leases are included 
in property and equipment above. Gross amount and accumulated depreciation of assets under capital lease as of December 
31, 2016 was $2,960 and $36, respectively. 

The minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 2016 are as follows: 

2017 ............................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2018 ............................................................................................................................................................      
2019 ............................................................................................................................................................      
2020 ............................................................................................................................................................      
2021 ............................................................................................................................................................      
Total minimum lease payments ..................................................................................................................      
Less: Amount representing interest ............................................................................................................      
Minimum lease payments, net of interest ...................................................................................................    $ 

1,010  
772  
590  
418  
127  
2,917   
487  
2,430  

75 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

8. Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets  

The following table presents details of identifiable intangible assets: 

Developed technology ..................   $  138,020    $ 
70,540      
Customer relationships .................     
2,310      
Trade name ...................................     
1,579      
Patents ..........................................     
47,394      
Software .......................................     
In-process research and 
development ...............................     

   Gross 

     Gross 

December 31, 2016 
Accumulated 
Amortization     
26,579    $
2,227      
426      
552      
336      

Net 
111,441    $
68,313      
1,884      
1,027      
47,058      

December 31, 2015 
Accumulated 
Amortization     
14,356    $
1,018      
230      
346      
—      

71,570    $ 
8,170      
920      
1,579      
—      

Net 
57,214  
7,152  
690  
1,233  
—  

97,340      
  $  357,183    $ 

—      
30,120    $

97,340      
327,063    $

—      
82,239    $ 

—      
15,950    $

—  
66,289  

The following table presents amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2016: 

2016 

Year Ended December 31,  
2015 

2014 

Cost of goods sold .......................................................................    $ 
Research and development ..........................................................      
Sales and marketing ....................................................................      
General and administrative ..........................................................      
  $ 

12,223    $ 
336      
1,209      
402      
14,170    $ 

11,499    $ 
—      
817      
418      
12,734    $ 

2,857  
—  
201  
158  
3,216  

In  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  abandoned  the  project  related  to  in-process  research  and 
development  and  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $1,750  included  in  the  research  and  development  expenses  in  the 
consolidated statements of income. 

Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2016, the expected amortization 

expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows: 

2017 ..........................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2018 ..........................................................................................................................................................      
2019 ..........................................................................................................................................................      
2020 ..........................................................................................................................................................      
2021 ..........................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter .................................................................................................................................................      
  $ 

56,828  
54,897  
50,889  
22,954  
19,783  
24,372  
229,723  

The weighted-average amortization periods remaining by intangible asset category were as follows (in years): 

Developed technology ................................................................................................................................       
Customer relationship ................................................................................................................................       
Trade name .................................................................................................................................................       
Patents ........................................................................................................................................................       
Software .....................................................................................................................................................       

4.3 
7.0 
4.4 
6.0 
2.8 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, goodwill increase of $95,923, as a result of an addition of $96,637 from 
ClariPhy acquisition, partially offset by a reduction of $714 from the sale of memory product business. There was no change 
in goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2015. 

76 

 
 
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
        
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
           
           
           
           
           
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

9. Convertible Debt  

In December 2015, the Company issued $230,000 of 1.125% convertible senior notes due 2020 (Convertible Notes 
2015). The Convertible Notes 2015 will mature December 1, 2020, unless earlier converted or repurchased. Interest on the 
Convertible Notes 2015 is payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2016. The initial conversion 
rate  is  24.8988  shares  of  common  stock  per  $1  principal  amount  of  Convertible  Notes  2015,  which  represents  an  initial 
conversion price of approximately $40.16 per share.  The Convertible Notes 2015 will be subject to repurchase at the option 
of the holders following certain fundamental corporate changes, at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of 
the  principal  amount  of  the notes  to be repurchased, plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  to, but  excluding,  the fundamental 
change repurchase date. The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any 
accrued and unpaid interest. Certain corporate events that occur prior to the stated maturity date can cause the Company to 
increase the conversion rate for a holder. 

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 1, 2020, holders may convert all or any 
portion of their Convertible Notes 2015 only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing 
after the calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of 
the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive 
trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of 
the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading 
day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1 principal amount of notes, as determined following 
a request by a holder of notes in accordance with procedures specified in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes 2015, 
for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the common 
stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day.; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after 
June 1, 2020, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders 
may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or 
deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the 
Company’s election. The Company's current intent is to settle the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2015 in cash 
upon conversion. If the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, the Company would deliver shares of its common 
stock in respect to the remainder of its conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount (conversion spread). 

The Convertible Notes 2015 are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to maturity. 

The Convertible Notes 2015 are governed by the terms of indenture (Indenture). The Indenture do not contain any 
financial or operating covenants, or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance 
or repurchase of securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Indenture contains customary terms and covenants 
in events of default. If an event of default (other than certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving 
the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee under the Indenture by notice to the Company, or the holders of at least 
25% in principal amount of the outstanding Convertible Notes 2015 by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the 
Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all 
the  Convertible  Notes  2015  to  be  due  and  payable.  Upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
reorganization  involving  the  Company,  100%  of  the  principal  of  and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  on  all  of  the 
Convertible Notes 2015 will become due and payable automatically. Upon such a declaration of acceleration, such principal 
and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indenture 
provides that, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an event of default relating to certain failures by the 
Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the Indenture consists exclusively of the right to receive additional 
interest on the Convertible Notes 2015. As of December 31, 2016, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Convertible 
Notes 2015 to convert had been met. 

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes 2015, the Company separated the Convertible Notes 2015 into 
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated 
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  convertible  feature.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  equity 
component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from 
the face value of the Convertible Notes 2015 as a whole. The excess of the face amount of the liability component over its 
carrying amount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes 2015 using the effective interest 
method. The gross proceeds of $230,000 were accordingly allocated between long-term debt for $175,974 and stockholders' 

77 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

equity for $54,026. Issuance costs of $6,359, of which $6,007 were paid as of December 31, 2015 and the remainder paid in 
2016, were allocated between long-term debt ($4,864) and equity ($1,495). The total interest expense recognized for the year 
ended December 31, 2016 was $12,853, which consists of $2,577 of contractual interest expense, $9,427 of amortization of 
debt  discount  and  $849  of  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs.  The  total  interest  expense  recognized  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015 was $783, which consists of $192 of contractual interest expense, $543 of amortization of debt discount 
and $48 of amortization of debt issuance costs. The issuance costs allocated to long-term debt is presented in the balance 
sheet as offset against long-term debt. 

In  connection with  the  issuance of  the  Convertible Notes  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  capped  call  transactions 
(Capped Call) in private transactions. Under the Capped Call, the Company purchased capped call options that in aggregate 
relate to 100% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock underlying the Convertible Notes 2015, with a 
strike price approximately equal to the conversion price of the Convertible Notes 2015 and with a cap price equal to $52.06 per 
share. The capped calls were purchased for $17,802 and recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in-capital in accordance 
with ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. 

The purchased Capped Call allows the Company to receive shares of its common stock and/or cash from counterparties 
equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess of the market price per share of the common stock, 
as measured under the terms of the Capped Call over the strike price of the Capped Call during the relevant valuation period. 
The  purchased  Capped  Call  is  intended  to  reduce  the  potential  dilution  to  common  stock  upon  future  conversion  of  the 
Convertible Notes 2015 by effectively increasing the initial conversion price to $52.06 as well as to offset potential cash 
payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes 2015 in applicable 
events. 

The Capped Call is a separate transaction entered into by the Company with the option counterparties, are not part of 

the terms of the Convertible Notes 2015 and will not change the holders' rights under the Convertible Notes 2015. 

In September 2016, the Company issued $287,500 of 0.75% convertible senior notes due 2021 (Convertible Notes 
2016  and  together  with  the  Convertible  Notes  2015,  the  Convertible  Notes).  The  Convertible  Notes  2016  will  mature 
September 1, 2021, unless earlier converted or repurchased. Interest on the Convertible Notes 2016 is payable on March 1 
and September 1 of each year, beginning on March 1, 2017. The initial conversion rate is 17.7508 shares of common stock 
per $1 principal amount of Convertible Notes 2016, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $56.34 per 
share. The Convertible Notes 2016 will be subject to repurchase at the option of the holders following certain fundamental 
corporate  changes,  at  a  fundamental  change  repurchase  price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  notes  to  be 
repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. The conversion rate 
will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. Certain corporate 
events that occur prior to the stated maturity date can cause the Company to increase the conversion rate for a holder. 

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2021, holders may convert all or 
any  portion  of  their  Convertible  Notes  2016  only  under  the  following  circumstances:  (i)  during  any  calendar  quarter 
commencing after the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last 
reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the 
period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater 
than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after 
any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1 principal amount of 
notes,  as  determined  following  a  request  by  a  holder  of  notes  in  accordance  with  procedures  specified  in  the  indenture 
governing the Convertible Notes 2016, for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of 
the last reported sale price of the common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day.; or (iii) upon the occurrence 
of specified corporate events. On or after March 1, 2021, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day 
immediately  preceding  the  maturity  date,  holders  may  convert  their  notes  at  any  time,  regardless  of  the  foregoing 
circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock or a 
combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the Company’s election. The Company's current intent is to settle the 
principal  amount  of  the  Convertible  Notes  2016  in  cash  upon  conversion.  If  the  conversion  value  exceeds  the  principal 
amount, the Company would deliver shares of its common stock in respect to the remainder of its conversion obligation in 
excess of the aggregate principal amount (conversion spread). 

78 

 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Convertible Notes 2016 are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to maturity. 

The Convertible Notes 2016 are governed by the terms of an indenture (Indenture 2016). The Indenture 2016 does not 
contain any financial or operating covenants, or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or 
the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Indenture 2016 contains customary 
terms  and  covenants  in  events  of  default.  If  an  event  of  default  (other  than  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
reorganization  involving  the  Company)  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  Trustee  under  the  Indenture  2016  by  notice  to  the 
Company, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Convertible Notes 2016 by notice to the 
Company and the Trustee under the Indenture 2016, may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare 100% 
of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Convertible Notes 2016 to be due and payable. Upon the 
occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving the Company, 100% of the principal of 
and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Convertible Notes 2016 will become due and payable automatically. 
Upon  such  a declaration of  acceleration, such  principal  and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any, will  be  due  and payable 
immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indenture 2016 provides that, to the extent the Company elects, the sole 
remedy for an event of default relating to certain failures by the Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the 
Indenture 2016 consists exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Convertible Notes 2016. As of December 
31, 2016, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Convertible Notes 2016 to convert had been met. 

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes 2016, the Company separated the Convertible Notes 2016 into 
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated 
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  convertible  feature.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  equity 
component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from 
the face value of the Convertible Notes 2016 as a whole. The excess of the face amount of the liability component over its 
carrying amount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes 2016 using the effective interest 
method. The gross proceeds of $287,500 were accordingly allocated between long-term debt for $216,775 and stockholders' 
equity for $70,725. Issuance costs of $7,689, were allocated between long-term debt ($5,798) and equity ($1,891). The total 
interest expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $4,553, which consists of $651 of contractual interest 
expense, $3,607 of amortization of debt discount and $295 of amortization of debt issuance costs. The issuance costs allocated 
to long-term debt is presented in the balance sheet as offset against long-term debt as of December 31, 2016. 

In  connection with  the  issuance of  the  Convertible Notes  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  capped  call  transactions 
(Capped Call 2016) in private transactions. Under the Capped Call 2016, the Company purchased capped call options that in 
aggregate relate to 100% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock underlying the Convertible Notes 
2016, with a strike price approximately equal to the conversion price of the Convertible Notes 2016 and with a cap price 
equal  to  approximately  $73.03  per  share.  The  capped  calls  were  purchased  for  $22,540  and  recorded  as  a  reduction  to 
additional paid-in-capital in accordance with ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. 

The  purchased  Capped  Call  2016  allows  the  Company  to  receive  shares  of  its  common  stock  and/or  cash  from 
counterparties equal to the amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess of the market price per share of the 
common stock, as measured under the terms of the Capped Call 2016 over the strike price of the Capped Call 2016 during 
the relevant valuation period. The purchased Capped Call 2016 is intended to reduce the potential dilution to common stock 
upon future conversion of the Convertible Notes 2016 by effectively increasing the initial conversion price to approximately 
$73.03 as well as to offset potential cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of the 
Convertible Notes 2016 in applicable events. 

The Capped Call 2016 is a separate transaction entered into by the Company with the option counterparties, are not 

part of the terms of the Convertible Notes 2016 and will not change the holders' rights under the Convertible Notes 2016. 

79 

 
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

10. Other Liabilities  

Other current liabilities consist of the following:  

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Obligations under capital lease ...............................................................................   $ 
Intangible asset liability .........................................................................................     
Others .....................................................................................................................     
  $ 

797    $ 
14,688      
9,251      
24,736    $ 

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following:  

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Deferred rent ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Income tax payable ................................................................................................     
Obligations under capital lease ...............................................................................     
Intangible asset liability .........................................................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities ............................................................................................     
Others .....................................................................................................................     
  $ 

1,067    $ 
1,554      
1,633      
32,651      
27,371      
668      
64,944    $ 

11. Income Taxes  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes consists of the following: 

—  
—  
1,018  
1,018  

1,728  
6,969  
—  
—  
—  
—  
8,697  

United States ....................................................................................   $ 
Foreign .............................................................................................     
Total .................................................................................................   $ 

(15,202)  $ 
26,658     
11,456   $ 

(5,642)  $ 
(4,462)    
(10,104)  $ 

(12,153) 
(23,248) 
(35,401) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

Income tax provision consisted of the following:  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014  

2016  

Current: 
U.S. Federal .......................................................................................  $ 
U.S. State ...........................................................................................    
Foreign ..............................................................................................    

Deferred: 
U.S. Federal .......................................................................................    
U.S. State ...........................................................................................    
Foreign ..............................................................................................    

Total ..................................................................................................    

938   $ 
(22)    
35     
951     

(16,755)    
—     
747     
(16,008)    
(15,057)  $ 

5,272   $ 
187     
541     
6,000     

(114)    
(15)    
(14)    
(143)    
5,857   $ 

514  
—  
(240) 
274  

895  
—  
(38) 
857  
1,131  

80 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
   
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Income tax provision differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% in 2016, 

2015 and 2014 to loss before income taxes as a result of the following:  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014  

2016  

Expenses (benefit) at statutory rate ....................................................   $
State income taxes ..............................................................................     
Research and development credits .....................................................     
Change in valuation allowance ...........................................................     
Impact of foreign operations ..............................................................     
Unrecognized tax benefits ..................................................................     
Stock-based compensation .................................................................     
Tax exempt income ............................................................................     
Prior year return to provision adjustment ...........................................     
Acquisition transaction cost ...............................................................     
Withholding tax ..................................................................................     
Other ...................................................................................................     
  $

3,895     $ 
222       
(8,566 )     
9,768       
(13,570 )     
3,151       
(9,925 )     
(123 )     
(524 )     
591       
—       
24       
(15,057 )   $ 

(3,435)   $ 
(4)     
(8,526)     
12,748      
2,652      
3,044      
143      
(60)     
(392)     
—      
(350)     
37      
5,857    $ 

(12,036 ) 
1,569   
(6,249 ) 
7,871   
7,843   
984   
114   
(83 ) 
291   
444   
350   
33   
1,131   

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred taxes consist of the following:  

Deferred tax assets 
Net operating loss carry forwards ...................................................................................   $ 
Research and development credits .................................................................................     
Stock-based compensation .............................................................................................     
Accrued expenses and allowances ..................................................................................     
Amortization and depreciation .......................................................................................     
Other temporary differences ...........................................................................................     
Foreign tax credit ...........................................................................................................     
Valuation allowance .......................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax assets .................................................................................................     

Deferred tax liabilities 
Subpart F income on foreign subsidiaries earnings ........................................................     
Acquired intangible assets ..............................................................................................     
Acquired tangible assets .................................................................................................     
Convertible debt .............................................................................................................     
Amortization and depreciation .......................................................................................     
Other deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................................................     
Total deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net .............................................................................   $ 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

38,337   $ 
46,492     
9,225     
2,621     
-     
3,088     
1,290     
(38,631)    
62,422     

—     
(55,563)    
(3,629)    
(30,177)    
(415)    
(9)    
(89,793)    
(27,371)  $ 

8,940  
36,619  
8,214  
2,724  
765  
3,424  
2,466  
(33,567) 
29,585  

(6,044) 
(5,186) 
—  
(18,136) 
—  
(169) 
(29,535) 
50  

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has recorded a deferred tax charge of $1,384 and $2,322, respectively, 
which represents the tax on the intercompany transfer of intangible assets in connection with the Company’s international 
reorganization during 2010. The deferred tax charge is being amortized over the estimated useful life of 8 years to income 
tax expense.  

81 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
       
     
  
  
  
       
     
  
  
       
     
  
  
   
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Valuation Allowance  

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that the Company believes is 
more likely than not to be realized. The determination of recording or releasing tax valuation allowances is made, in part, 
pursuant  to  an  assessment  performed  by  management  regarding  the  likelihood  that  the  Company  will  generate  sufficient 
future taxable income against which benefits of the deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires 
management to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to the Company’s ability to generate revenue, 
gross  profits,  operating  income  and  taxable  income  in  future  periods.  Amongst  other  factors,  management  must  make 
assumptions regarding overall current and projected business and semiconductor industry conditions, operating efficiencies, 
the Company’s ability to timely develop, introduce and consistently manufacture new products to customers’ specifications, 
acceptance of new products, customer concentrations, technological change and the competitive environment which  may 
impact  the  Company’s  ability  to  generate  taxable  income  and,  in  turn,  realize  the  value  of  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The 
Company uses the tax law ordering approach of intraperiod allocation to allocate the benefit of windfall tax benefits based 
on provisions in the tax law that identify the sequence in which those amounts are utilized for tax purposes. Additionally, 
when determining whether uncertain tax positions are a source of income for valuation allowance purposes, the Company 
applies the tax law ordering approach to determine how these liabilities will ultimately be satisfied. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2015, a full valuation allowance was recorded on the U.S., Singapore, Canada and Taiwan 
deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2016, the Company has a full valuation allowance recorded against the U.S., Canada, 
Taiwan and United Kingdom deferred tax assets. 

The valuation allowance increased (decreased) $5,064, ($6,115), and $17,234 in the years ended December 31, 2016, 

2015 and 2014, respectively. 

The net increase of $5,064 in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2016 is comprised of $16,044 
decrease  charged  to  additional  paid-in  capital,  offset  by  $305  increase  charged  to  other  comprehensive  income,  $3,088 
increase  charged  to  goodwill,  $7,068  increase  charged  to  retained  earnings,  and  $10,647  increase  charged  to  income  tax 
provision. The net decrease of $6,115 in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2015 is comprised of 
$18,383 decrease charged to additional paid-in capital, $2,168 decrease charged to other comprehensive income, offset by 
$767 increase charged to goodwill, and $13,669 increase charged to income tax provision. The increase of $17,234 in the 
valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2014 is comprised of $1,165 increase charged to goodwill and $16,069 
increase charged to income tax provision.   

The  change  in  valuation  allowance  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  included  an  income  tax  benefit  of 
$17,827 from the partial release of the federal valuation allowance and full release of the Singapore valuation allowance. The 
partial release of the federal valuation allowance against deferred tax assets resulted from the consolidation of the Company’s 
federal deferred tax assets with ClariPhy’s federal deferred tax liabilities upon acquisition. The full release of the Singapore 
valuation allowance resulted from the Company’s full utilization of its deferred tax asset during the year primarily due to the 
gain from the sale of the memory product business.  

General Income Tax Disclosures   

The Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately 
$187,009 and $86,659, respectively at December 31, 2016, that will begin to expire in 2022 for federal income tax purposes 
and  in  2028  for  state  income  tax  purposes.  As  discussed  in  Note  1,  the  Company  early  adopted  the  new  guidance  on 
accounting for share-based payments to employees beginning January 1, 2016. The guidance requires all income tax effects 
of share-based payments to employees to be recognized in the income statement when the awards are vested or settled. As a 
result of the adoption, the Company recorded in the financial statements federal and state NOL carryover of $34,132 and 
$12,417, respectively, that arose from excess stock option deductions that were previously not recognized in the financial 
statements. At December 31, 2016, the Company has NOL carryforwards of $2,837 for its Taiwan subsidiary which begin to 
expire in 2019, and NOL carryforwards of $4,815 for the United Kingdom subsidiary, which does not expire. A full valuation 
allowance has been provided on U.S. NOL, Taiwan NOL, and United Kingdom NOL. 

82 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

At December 31, 2016, the Company has federal and state research and development (“R&D”) tax credit carryforwards 
of $32,529 and $34,022, respectively. The federal tax credits will begin to expire in 2024, unless previously utilized. Some 
state tax credits will begin to expire in 2021 and some do not expire. At December 31, 2016, the Company has Canadian tax 
credits and research expenditure claim carryforwards for its Canadian subsidiary of $7,920 and $3,122, respectively. The tax 
credits  will  begin  to  expire  in  2027,  and  the  research  expenditure  claim  carryforwards  do  not  expire.  A  full  valuation 
allowance has been provided on R&D tax credit and research expenditure claim carryforwards. 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s NOL and R&D credits generated prior 
to June 2004 are subject to an annual limitation due to a cumulative ownership percentage change that occurred in that period. 
The Company has had two changes in ownership, one in December 2000 and the second in June 2004, that resulted in an 
annual limitation on NOL and R&D credit utilization. The NOL and R&D credit carryover of Cortina, are also subject to 
annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383. The acquisition of Cortina caused an ownership change 
that resulted in an annual limitation, as well as Cortina’s legacy annual limitation amount from ownership changes prior to 
acquisition. The NOL and R&D credit carryforward which will expire unused due to annual limitation is not recognized for 
financial statement purposes and is not reflected in the above carryover amounts. 

The Company’s NOL carryforwards include Cortina’s federal and state pre-acquisition NOL of $49,152 and $1,909, 
respectively. These NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 for federal and 2032 for state. The Company’s NOL 
carryforwards also include ClariPhy’s federal and state pre-acquisition NOL of $46,156 and $70,890, respectively. These 
NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2032 for federal and 2028 for state. The Company’s R&D credit carryforwards 
included  Cortina’s  federal  and  state  pre-acquisition  credits  of  $6,033  and  $7,977,  respectively.  The  federal  R&D  credit 
carryforward will begin to expire in 2027. While some state tax credits will begin to expire in 2022, most do not expire. The 
utilization  of  Cortina  and  ClariPhy’s  pre-acquisition  tax  attributes  is  subject  to  certain  annual  limitations  under  Internal 
Revenue Code sections 382 and 383. No benefit for these tax attributes was recorded upon the close of the acquisition, as the 
benefit from these tax attributes did not meet the "more-likely-than-not" standard. 

The  Company  operates  under  tax  holiday  in  Singapore,  which  is  effective  through  May  2020.  The  tax  holiday  is 
conditional upon meeting certain employment, activities and investment thresholds. As of December 31, 2016, the Company 
believes it has met all of the required thresholds.  

The following table summarizes the changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits:  

Balance as of January 1 .....................................................................  $ 
Increases based on tax positions related to the current year ..............    
Decreases based on tax positions of prior year ..................................    
Gross increases for acquired unrecognized tax benefits ....................    
Statute of limitation expirations ........................................................    
Balance as of December 31 ...............................................................  $ 

Year Ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

46,453   $ 
5,450     
(1,766)    
6,585     
(219)    
56,503   $ 

44,081   $ 
4,459     
(1,923)    
—     
(164)    
46,453   $ 

8,031  
3,102  
(61) 
33,935  
(926) 
44,081  

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had approximately $1,168 of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized 
would affect the effective income tax rate. The Company believes that before the end of next year, it is reasonably possible 
that the gross unrecognized tax benefit may decrease by approximately $100 due to statute of limitation expiration in foreign 
jurisdictions.  

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax 
expense. The Company recorded $119 and $44 interest in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 
Company had $222, $163, and $151 of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

83 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
  
   
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. 
The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 
2011 or to California state income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 2010. However, to the 
extent allowed by law, the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits 
were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net operating loss or credit carryforward.  

The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its controlled foreign corporations 
as the Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely outside the United States. At December 31, 2016, foreign 
subsidiaries had cumulative undistributed earnings of $86,227 that, if repatriated, is not expected to result in additional tax 
liability as these earnings would be absorbed by the NOL and research credit carryover.  

In February 2016, the California Franchise Tax Board examination concluded its examination, resulting in adjustments 
to NOL and R&D credit carryforwards which had no impact on the Company’s income tax provision as a result of the full 
valuation allowance in California. 

The Company is currently under examination by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore for the years 2010, 2011 

and 2012. As of the report date, the examination is ongoing.  

12. Earnings Per Share  

The following shows the reconciliation of weighted average shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings 

per share:  

2016 

Year Ended December 31,  
2015 

2014 

Denominator 
Weighted average common stock-basic .................................     
Effect of potentially dilutive securities: 

Add options to purchase common stock .............................     
Add unvested restricted stock unit ......................................     
Add employee stock purchase plan ....................................     
Add convertible debt ..........................................................     
Weighted average common stock—diluted ............................     

40,565,433      

1,300,649      
2,158,260      
8,240      
92,299      
44,124,881      

38,580,330      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
38,580,330      

32,707,868  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
32,707,868  

The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as inclusion would have 

been anti-dilutive:  

Common stock options ...........................................................     
Unvested restricted stock unit ................................................     
Convertible debt .....................................................................     

2016  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014  

—      
284,871      
5,834,522      
6,119,393      

2,563,230      
4,672,806      
376,576      
7,612,612      

3,350,112  
3,705,415  
—  
7,055,527  

As discussed in Note 2, the Company early adopted ASU 2016-09. Based on the new guidance, the excess tax benefit 
is  no  longer  included  in  the  weighted  diluted  common  stock  calculation  under  the  treasury  stock  method  and  therefore, 
increased  the  total  weighted diluted  common  stock  by 993,720  in  the  year  ended  December  31, 2016,  respectively.  This 
change was applied prospectively. 

84 

 
 
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
       
       
   
  
    
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

13. Stock-Based Compensation  

In June 2010, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 
Plan”),  which  became  effective  in  November  2010.  The  2010  Plan  provides  for  the  grants  of  restricted  stock,  stock 
appreciation rights and stock unit awards to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. The Compensation 
Committee administers the 2010 Plan, including the determination of the recipient of an award, the number of shares subject 
to each award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or nonstatutory option, and the terms and 
conditions of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of the award. Options granted 
under the 2010 Plan are exercisable only upon vesting. At December 31, 2016, 3,478,535 shares of common stock have been 
reserved for future grants under the 2010 Plan.  

Stock Option Awards 

The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding:  

Outstanding at December 31, 2015 ...................................      
Granted .................................................................................      
Exercised ..............................................................................      
Canceled ...............................................................................      
Outstanding at December 31, 2016 ...................................      
Exercisable at December 31, 2016 .....................................      
Vested and expected to vest in the future as of 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Per 
Share 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

10.61      
—      
9.86        
11.86        
10.86      
10.86      

5.29    $ 

37,036  

4.28    $ 
4.27    $ 

55,636  
55,508  

Number of 
Shares 
2,256,396    $ 
—      
(587,229)     
(21,322)     
1,647,845    $ 
1,644,260    $ 

December 31, 2016 ..........................................................      

1,647,845    $ 

10.86      

4.28    $ 

55,636  

The  intrinsic  value  of  options  outstanding,  exercisable  and  vested  and  expected  to  vest  is  calculated  based  on  the 
difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective balance sheet 
dates.  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $15,390, 
$10,696, and $7,800, respectively. The intrinsic value of exercised options is calculated based on the difference between the 
exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date. Cash received from the exercise of 
stock options was $5,748, $6,145, $4,298 respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.  

 Restricted Stock Units and Awards 

The Company granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to members of the Board and employees. Most of the Company’s 
outstanding RSUs vest over four years with vesting contingent upon continuous service. The Company estimates the fair 
value of RSUs using the market price of the common stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of these awards is amortized 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. 

85 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding restricted stock units:  

Outstanding at December 31, 2015 ......................................................................     
Granted ....................................................................................................................     
Vested ......................................................................................................................     
Canceled ..................................................................................................................     
Outstanding at December 31, 2016 ......................................................................     
Expected to vest in the future as of December 31, 2016 .....................................     

4,600,869    $ 
2,538,642      
(1,663,139)     
(1,027,742)     
4,448,630    $ 
4,378,800      

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
Per Share 

15.37  
37.31  
14.26  
19.75  
27.29  

The RSUs includes performance-based stock units subject to achievement of pre-established revenue goal and earnings 
per share on non-GAAP basis. Once the goals are met, the performance-based stock units are subject to four years of vesting 
from the original grant date, contingent upon continuous service. The total performance-based units that vested for the year 
ended December 31, 2016 was 36,036. As of December 31, 2016, the total performance-based units outstanding was 330,856. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In  December  2011,  the  Company  adopted  the  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”).  Participants  purchase  the 
Company's stock using payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of their total cash compensation. Pursuant to the terms 
of the ESPP, the "look-back" period for the stock purchase price is six months. Offering and purchase periods will begin on 
February 10 and August 10 of each year. Participants will be granted the right to purchase common stock at a price per share 
that is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company's common shares at the beginning or the end of each six-
month period.  

The ESPP imposes certain limitations upon an employee’s right to acquire common stock, including the following: (i) 
no employee shall be granted a right to participate if such employee immediately after the election to purchase common stock, 
would own stock possessing 5% or more to the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company, 
and (ii) no employee may be granted rights to purchase more than $25 fair value of common stock for each calendar year. 
The  maximum  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  available  for  purchase  under  the  ESPP  is  1,750,000.  Total 
common stock issued under the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 285,101, 326,764, and 
264,886 respectively. 

The fair value of employee stock purchase plan is estimated at the start of offering period using the Black-Scholes 

option pricing model with the following average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:  

Year Ended December 31,  

2016 

2015 

2014 

Risk-free interest rate ............................................................     
Expected life (in years) .........................................................     
Dividend yield .......................................................................     
Expected volatility ................................................................     
Estimated fair value ...............................................................   $ 

0.45%     
0.50       
—       
54%     
8.99     $ 

0.14%     
0.50       
—       
42%     
5.77       

0.07% 
0.50  
—  
40% 

3.55  

86 

 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
    
  
          
         
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the Company’s results of operations as follows:  

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

Cost of revenue ......................................................................   $ 
Research and development ....................................................     
Sales and marketing ..............................................................     
General and administrative ....................................................     
Discontinued operations ........................................................     
  $ 

1,796    $ 
17,390      
4,405      
4,407      
2,194      
30,192    $ 

1,359    $ 
13,268      
3,213      
5,473      
4,980      
28,293    $ 

1,154 
9,670 
2,998 
4,701 
3,937 
22,460 

As of December 31, 2016, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options and awards prior to 
the consideration of expected forfeitures, was approximately $103,946, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-
average period of 3.09 years.  

The  Company  early  adopted  the  new  guidance  on  accounting  for  share-based  payments  to  employees  beginning 
January 1, 2016. The effect of adoption resulted to a net credit of $5,261 on the beginning balance of accumulated deficit 
from  previously  unrecorded  deferred  tax  assets  for  net  operating  loss  carryover  generated  by  windfall  tax  benefit.  The 
adoption increased weighted average diluted common stock by 993,720 in the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, 
the current period’s excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation is presented as operating activity in the statement 
of cash flows. The change in the cash flow was adopted retrospectively and the Company reclassified $4,305 and $55 of 
excess tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, from financing activity to operating activity. 

14. Employee Benefit Plan  

The  Company  has  established  a  401(k)  tax-deferred  savings  plan  (the  “Plan”)  which  permits  participants  to  make 
contributions  by  salary  deduction  pursuant  to  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.  The 
Company  may,  at  its  discretion,  make  matching  contributions  to  the  Plan.  Furthermore,  the  Company  is  responsible  for 
administrative costs of the Plan. The Company accrued $2,625 contribution to the Plan for the year ended December 31, 
2016. The Company accrued $1,131 contribution to the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015 which the Company 
contributed in 2016.  

15. Fair Value Measurements  

The guidance on fair value measurements requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the 

following three categories:  

Level  1:  Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for  identical, 

unrestricted assets or liabilities;  

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for 

substantially the full term of the asset or liability, or  

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and 

unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).  

The Company measures its investments in marketable securities at fair value using the market approach which uses 
prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. 
The  Company  has  cash  equivalents  which  consist  of  money  market  funds  valued  using  the  amortized  cost  method,  in 
accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act which approximates fair value. 

87 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
 
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The convertible notes are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their original issuance value including accreted 
interest, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance cost. The Convertible Notes are not marked to fair value at the end of 
each reporting period. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair value of Convertible Notes was determined on the basis 
of market prices observable for similar instruments and is considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.  

The following table presents information about assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring 

basis:  

December 31, 2016 

Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Money market funds ....................................................   $ 

17,267    $ 

10,110    $ 

7,157  

Investment in marketable securities: 

US treasury securities ..................................................     
Municipal bonds ..........................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds .................................................     
Variable rate demand notes .........................................     
Asset backed securities ................................................     
Commercial paper........................................................     
  $ 

Liabilities 
Convertible Notes ............................................................   $ 

4,000      
45,171      
112,205      
58,930      
5,223      
23,947      
266,743    $ 

4,000      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
14,110    $ 

—  
45,171  
112,205  
58,930  
5,223  
23,947  
252,633  

616,831    $ 

—    $ 

616,831  

December 31, 2015 

Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Money market funds ....................................................   $ 

102,008    $ 

—    $ 

102,008  

Investment in marketable securities: 

US treasury securities ..................................................     
Municipal bonds ..........................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds .................................................     
Government agency bonds ..........................................     
Asset backed securities ................................................     
  $ 

Liabilities 
Convertible Notes ............................................................   $ 

2,993      
20,036      
14,657      
4,007      
1,923      
145,624    $ 

2,993      
—      
—      
—      
—      
2,993    $ 

—  
20,036  
14,657  
4,007  
1,923  
142,631  

221,950    $ 

—    $ 

221,950  

88 

 
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

16. Segment and Geographic Information  

The Company operates in one reportable segment. Revenue by region is classified based on the locations to which the 

product is transported, which may differ from the customer’s principal offices.  

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue by geographic region:  

2016  

Year Ended December 31,  
2015  

2014  

China ...............................................................................    $ 
United States ...................................................................      
Japan................................................................................      
Thailand ..........................................................................      
Italy .................................................................................      
Other................................................................................      
  $ 

103,071    $ 
29,976      
36,308      
35,837      
19,677      
41,408      
266,277    $ 

61,448     $ 
34,605       
24,410       
25,123       
10,952       
36,172       
192,710     $ 

26,414  
15,662  
15,111  
7,924  
9,823  
21,211  
96,145  

As of December 31, 2016, $6,567 of long-lived tangible assets are located outside the United States of which $5,068 
are located in Taiwan. As of December 31, 2015, $7,271 of long-lived tangible assets are located outside the United States 
of which $5,756 are located in Taiwan.  

17. Commitments and Contingencies  

Leases  

The Company leases its facility under noncancelable lease agreements expiring in various years through 2026. The 
Company also licenses certain software used in its research and development activities under a term license subscription and 
maintenance arrangement.  

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases having initial terms in excess of one year are as 

follows:  

2017 ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2018 ......................................................................................................................................................      
2019 ......................................................................................................................................................      
2020 ......................................................................................................................................................      
2021 ......................................................................................................................................................      
2022 and thereafter ...............................................................................................................................      
  $ 

   December 31, 2016    
6,050   
4,097   
3,381   
1,149   
221   
128   
15,026   

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, lease operating expense was $13,870, $11,869, and $8,193 

respectively.  

Noncancelable Purchase Obligations  

The  Company  depends  upon  third  party  subcontractors  to  manufacture  wafers.  The  Company’s  subcontractor 
relationships typically allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payment of all expenses incurred 
through  the  date  of  cancellation.  As  of  December  31,  2016,  the  total  value  of  open  purchase  orders  for  wafers  was 
approximately $9,465. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has a commitment to pay $999 for software license starting 
in 2017. 

89 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Legal Proceedings  

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On September 22, 2009, Netlist filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California, or the Court, 
asserting that the Company infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 22, 2009, 
further  asserting  that  the  Company  infringes  U.S.  Patent  Nos.  7,619,912  and  7,636,274,  collectively  with  U.S.  Patent 
No. 7,532,537, the patents-in-suit, and seeking both unspecified monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to 
prevent further infringement. These infringement claims allege that the iMB™ and certain other memory module components 
infringe  the  patents-in-suit.  The  Company  answered  the  amended  complaint  on  February  11,  2010  and  asserted  that  the 
Company does not infringe the patents-in-suit and that the patents-in-suit are invalid. In 2010, the Company filed inter partes 
requests for reexamination with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), asserting that the patents-in-
suit are invalid. As a result of the proceedings at the USPTO, the Court has stayed the litigation, with the parties advising the 
Court on status every 120 days.  

As to the proceeding at the USPTO, reexamination has been ordered for all of the patents that were alleged to infringe, 
and at present, the USPTO has determined that none of the originally filed claims are valid, with certain amended claims 
being determined patentable. The Reexamination Certificate for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 was issued on August 2, 2016 
based upon amended claims, and the parties continue to assert their respective positions with respect to the reexamination 
proceedings for U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274. 

While  the  Company  intends  to  defend  the  foregoing  USPTO  proceedings  and  lawsuit  vigorously,  the  USPTO 
proceedings and litigation, whether or not determined in the Company’s favor or settled, could be costly and time-consuming 
and could divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect the Company’s business.  

Based on the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, the Company is currently unable to predict the final outcome 
of this lawsuit and therefore, cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss. However, because 
of the nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, the Company’s 
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

In  March  2015,  the  Company  settled  a  patent  dispute  involving  Cortina  and  Vitesse  Semiconductor  Corporation 
(Vitesse).  The  patent  dispute  involved  a  certain  patent  family  owned  by  Vitesse  associated  with  error  correction.  The 
Company paid Vitesse $750 to resolve the dispute. Based on the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014, as 
amended  by  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  September  25,  2014,  the  Company  was 
indemnified for this settlement arising from this claim, up to an amount of $750.  

Indemnifications  

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  may  provide  indemnifications  of  varying  scope  and  terms  to 
customers,  vendors,  lessors,  investors,  directors,  officers,  employees  and  other  parties  with  respect  to  certain  matters, 
including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the 
Company,  or  from  intellectual  property  infringement  claims  made  by  third-parties.  These  indemnifications  may  survive 
termination  of  the  underlying  agreement  and  the  maximum  potential  amount  of  future  payments  the  Company  could  be 
required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The Company has not 
incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifications. Accordingly, the Company has 
no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.  

90 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Supplementary Financial Information (Unaudited) 

Quarterly Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Mar. 31, 
2016 

Jun. 30, 
2016 

Sept. 30, 
2016 

Dec. 31, 
2016 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Total revenue ...............................................................   $ 
Gross profit .................................................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ............     
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations .........     
Net income (loss) ........................................................     
Basic earnings per share ..............................................     
Diluted earnings per share ...........................................     

54,091    $ 
36,970      
(90)     
310      
220      
0.01      
0.01      

60,524    $ 
41,249      
943      
(412)     
531      
0.01      
0.01      

70,750    $ 
48,188      
6,596      
72,976      
79,572      
1.95      
1.80      

80,912  
54,289  
19,064  
69  
19,133  
0.46  
0.42  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Mar. 31, 
2015 

Jun. 30, 
2015 

Sept. 30, 
2015 

Dec. 31, 
2015 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Total revenue ...............................................................   $ 
Gross profit .................................................................     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations ............     
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations .........     
Net income (loss) ........................................................     
Basic earnings per share ..............................................     
Diluted earnings per share ...........................................     

42,946    $ 
20,781      
(11,308)     
1,600      
(9,708)     
(0.26)     
(0.26)     

49,513    $ 
31,986      
(544)     
544      
—      
—      
—      

47,377    $ 
30,733      
(1,883)     
781      
(1,102)     
(0.03)     
(0.03)     

52,874  
36,516  
(2,226) 
(515) 
(2,741) 
(0.07) 
(0.07) 

(1)  On  October  3,  2014,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Cortina,  including  its  high-speed  interconnect  and  optical
transport product lines. The results of operations of Cortina and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed were included in our financial statements from the acquisition date. This acquisition resulted in a significant 
change in our statement of operations in 2014 which includes increase cost of goods sold resulting from the step-up 
inventory acquired from Cortina and amortization of acquired intangibles. 

(2)  In August 2016, we completed the sale of its memory product business to Rambus Inc. As a result of the sale, the
Company's consolidated financial statements for current and prior periods have been retrospectively reclassified to
present the results of operations of the memory product business as discontinued operations.  

91 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
                                        
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 9 —  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A—  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term 
is defined in Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act 1934, or the Exchange Act (as amended), 
that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit 
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our 
management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (principal  executive  officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (principal 
financial officer), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the 
disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed 
and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  the  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures are met. Our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide reasonable, not absolute assurance. 
Additionally,  in  designing  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  our  management  necessarily  was  required  to  apply  its 
judgment  in  evaluating  the  cost-benefit  relationship  of  possible  disclosure  controls  and  procedures.  The  design  of  any 
disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and 
there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective 
at the reasonable assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our management is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016.  In  making  this  assessment,  our 
management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission,  or 
COSO, in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the assessment using those criteria, our management 
concluded that as of December 31, 2016, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. Our evaluation of the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 did not include the internal controls of 
ClariPhy. We excluded ClariPhy from our assessment of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 
because it was acquired in a business combination during December 2016. ClariPhy is a wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company whose total assets and total revenues represent 3% and 0.4%, respectively of the related consolidated financial 
statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016  has  been  audited  by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part II “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There has been no change in our “internal control over 
financial reporting” as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, during our most recent 
fiscal quarter that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B —  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

92 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10 — DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election 
of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” contained in our 
proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for 
our 2017 annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 25, 2017 pursuant to Regulation 14A and no later than 120 days 
after December 31, 2016 (the Proxy Statement)..  

ITEM 11 —  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election 
of  Director,”  “Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Corporate  Governance,” 
“Compensation Committee Report” and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 12 —  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management 
is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
Management” and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table summarizes the number of outstanding options granted to our employees, consultants and directors, 
as well as the number of shares of common stock remaining available for future issuance under our equity compensation 
plans as of December 31, 2016.  

Number of  
Securities 
Remaining 
Available for 
Future  
Issuance 
Under Equity 
Compensation 
Plans 
(Excluding  
Securities 
Reflected in 
Column(a)) 
3,971,622 
— 
3.971,622 

Number of 
Securities to 
be Issued upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options and  
Rights (a) 
4,855,187 
1,241,288 
6,096,475 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
of Outstanding 
Options and 
Rights 
(1) (b) 
10.86 
— 
10.86 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (2) ........ 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (3) .. 
Total ........................................................................................... 

(1)  The  calculation  of  the  weighted  average  exercise  price  includes  only  stock  options  and  does  not  include  the 

outstanding RSUs which do not have an exercise price. 

(2)  Consists of two plans: the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and the Company’s 2011 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan. 3,478,535 shares and 493,087 shares, respectively, remain available for issuance under the Company’s 2010
Stock Incentive Plan and the Company’s 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

(3)  Of the shares reflected in this row, 257,350 were granted in connection with our acquisition of Cortina on October 
3, 2014 and 983,938 were granted in connection with our acquisition of ClariPhy on December 12, 2016. Such RSU 
non-plan inducement awards were granted to target company employees joining our operations in order to create a 
retention incentive for those employees. 

93 

 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 13 —  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management 
is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and 
“Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 14 —  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Audit 
Committee Report” and “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants” contained in the 
Proxy Statement. 

PART IV 

ITEM 15 —  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1.     Financial Statements. See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, “Item 8, Financial Statements

and Supplementary Data”. 

(a)   Documents filed as part of this report:   

(1) Financial Statements  

Reference  is  made  to  the  Index  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  Inphi  Corporation  under  Part  II,
“Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.  

(2) Financial Statement Schedules  

All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or because 
the information is included elsewhere in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.  

(3) Exhibits  

See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed 
has been identified.  

(b)   Exhibits  

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report. 

(c) Financial Statements and Schedules  

    Reference is made to Item 15(a)(2) above.  

ITEM 16 —     FORM 10-K SUMMARY. 

Not applicable. 

94 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

INPHI CORPORATION 

By:  /s/ Ford Tamer 
Ford Tamer 
Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

Date: March 1, 2017  

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and 
appoints Ford Tamer and John Edmunds, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power 
of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the 
same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be 
done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Name 

Title 

/s/ Ford Tamer 
Ford Tamer 

    Chief Executive Officer 
   (Principal Executive Officer), President and Director 

/s/ John Edmunds 
John Edmunds 

    Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer 
   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ Diosdado P. Banatao 
Diosdado P. Banatao 

    Chairman of the Board 

/s/ Nicholas Brathwaite 
Nicholas Brathwaite 

    Director 

 /s/ Chenming C. Hu 
Chenming C. Hu 

/s/ David Liddle 
David Liddle 

    Director 

    Director 

/s/ Bruce McWilliams 
Bruce McWilliams 

    Director 

/s/ Elissa Murphy 
Elissa Murphy 

    Director 

/s/ Sam S. Srinivasan 
Sam S. Srinivasan 

    Lead Director 

95 

Date 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
       
       
   
  
   
   
   
  
     
   
   
   
  
     
   
   
   
  
     
     
   
   
   
  
     
     
   
   
   
  
     
     
   
   
   
  
     
     
   
   
   
  
     
     
   
   
   
  
     
     
   
   
   
  
     
     
   
   
   
   
 
 
Exhibit 
Number    

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

  3(i) 

  3(ii) 

  4.1 

  4.2 

  4.3 

4.4 

10.1+ 

10.2+ 

10.3+ 

10.4+ 

10.5+ 

10.6+ 

10.7+ 

10.8+ 

10.9+ 

10.10 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  July  30,  2014  by  and  among  the  Company,  Cortina,  Catalina 
Acquisition  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  and  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  and  the
Stockholder’s Agent (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed with the SEC on August 1, 2014). 
Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  July  30,  2014  by  and  among  the  Company,  Cortina,  Catalina
Acquisition  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  and  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  and  the
Stockholder’s Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated September 25, 2014 (incorporated by
reference to exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 6,
2014). 
Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  as  of  November  1,  2016  by  and  among  the  Registrant,  Clarice 
Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Registrant, ClariPhy
Communications,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  Fortis  Advisors  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability
company, solely in its capacity as Securityholders’ Agent  (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 of the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016). 
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Registrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  3(i)  of  the
Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s
current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 20, 2015). 
Specimen  Common  Stock  Certificate  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  4.1  filed  with  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 2010 (incorporated by reference
to exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Indenture dated as of December 8, 2015, between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
as  trustee  (including  form  of  Note)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  4.1  of  the  Registrant’s  Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Indenture  dated  as  of  September  12,  2016,  between  Inphi  Corporation  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National 
Association, as trustee (including form of Note) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Inphi Corporation 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (as amended on June 2, 2010) and related form 
stock option plan agreements (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 filed with Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Inphi  Corporation  2010  Stock  Incentive  Plan  and  related  form  agreements  (incorporated  by  reference  to
exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.3 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended).
Offer letter dated December 10, 2007 between John Edmunds and the Registrant, as amended (incorporated
by  reference  to  exhibit  10.6  to  filed  with  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-167564),  as 
amended). 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated June 8, 2010, by and between John Edmunds and the
Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 
333-167564), as amended). 
Offer  letter  dated  October  3,  2007  between  Ron  Torten  and  the  Registrant,  as  amended  (incorporated  by
reference to exhibit 10.8 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended).
Offer letter dated February 1, 2012 between Ford Tamer and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to
exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 3, 2012). 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated February 1, 2012 by and between Ford Tamer and the
Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on February 3, 2012). 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated September 4, 2012, by and between Charlie Roach and
the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 1O-Q 
for the three months ended September 30, 2012). 
Lease Agreement dated June 4, 2010, by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty Fund III—Company 
VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 
No. 333-167564), as amended). 

96 

 
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.11 

10.12 

10.13+ 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23+ 

10.24+ 

10.25+ 

10.26+ 

10.27+ 

10.28+ 

10.29+ 

10.30+ 

Lease  Agreement  dated  September  20,  2012,  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Bayland  Corporation
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 1O-Q for the three 
months ended September 30, 2012). 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 30, 2012, by and between the Registrant and LBA
Realty Fund III—Company VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly
Report on Form 1O-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2012). 
Amended  and  Restated  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.1  of  the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 1O-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2015). 
Base Capped Call Confirmation dated December 2, 2015, by and between Registrant and Morgan Stanley &
Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Base Capped Call Confirmation dated December 2, 2015, by and between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Additional  Capped  Call  Confirmation  dated  December  4,  2015,  by  and  between  Registrant  and  Morgan
Stanley & Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated December 4, 2015, between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2016 by and among Rambus Inc., Bell ID Singapore Ptd Ltd, Inphi
Corporation and Inphi International Pte. Ltd. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2016). 
Base Capped Call Confirmation, dated September 6, 2016, between Inphi Corporation and Morgan Stanley
& Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Base Capped Call Confirmation, dated September 6, 2016, between Inphi Corporation and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Additional  Capped  Call  Confirmation, dated  September  7,  2016, between  Inphi  Corporation  and  Morgan
Stanley & Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Additional Capped Call Confirmation, dated September 7, 2016, between Inphi Corporation and JPMorgan
Chase  Bank,  National  Association,  London  Branch  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.4  of  the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2016). 
Form of Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. and Non-U.S. Employees and Consultants) under the Inphi Corporation
2010 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  (U.S.  and  Non-U.S.  Employees  and  Consultants)  under  the  Inphi 
Corporation  2010  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.2  of  the  Registrant’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Amendment to the Severance and Change of Control Agreement between Charlie Roach and the Registrant,
effective as of November 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Amendment to the Change of Control Severance Agreement between Richard Ogawa and the Registrant,
effective as of November 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016). 
Change of Control Severance Agreement dated April 22, 2013 between Richard Ogawa and the Registrant
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three 
months ended September 30, 2016). 
Amendment  to  the  Change  of  Control  Severance  Agreement  between  Ron  Torten  and  the  Registrant,
effective as of November 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2016) 
Change of Control Severance Agreement dated January 22, 2014 between Ron Torten and the Registrant
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three 
months ended September 30, 2016). 
Form of Notice of Stock Unit Award and Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1
of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on January 11, 2017) 

97 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
21.1 

23.1 
24.1 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1(1) 

32.2(1) 

101.INS 
101.SCH 
101.CAL    
101.DEF 
101.LAB    
101.PRE 

List  of  Subsidiaries  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  exhibit  of  the  same  number  filed  with  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. 
Power of Attorney (see page 91 of this report). 
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350). 
XBRL Instance Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

+ 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. 

(1)      The material contained in Exhibit 32.1 and Exhibit 32.2 is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated 
by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether 
made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing, except 
to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. 

98 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Leadership in Data Movement Interconnects 

Board of Directors

Inphi Leadership

Yields Superior Stockholder Returns

Dado Banatao 
Managing Partner, Tallwood Venture Capital

Dr. Ford Tamer 
President and CEO

Inphi Shareholder Return vs. S&P 500

*

Non-GAAP Annual Revenue ($M)

**

Inphi Stockholder Return*

31%

30%

44%

12%

S&P 500 Return*

46%

(1%)

6 )

1

0

3 - 2

1

0

$193

$266

69%

10%

4 %  ( 2

R   8

G

A

C

$100

$43

2013

2014

2015

2016

2013

2014

2015

2016

Nicholas Brathwaite 
Founding Partner, Riverwood Capital

Dr. Chenming Hu 
University of California, Berkeley,  
EECS, Professor of the Graduate School

David Liddle 
Private Investor

Dr. Bruce McWilliams 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Intermolecular

Elissa Murphy 
Vice President, Google

William J. Ruehle 
Private Investor

Sam Srinivasan 
Private Investor

Dr. Ford Tamer 
President and CEO, Inphi Corporation

Dr. Loi Nguyen 
Founder, Senior Vice President, Optical Interconnect

John Edmunds 
Senior Vice President and CFO

Richard Ogawa 
Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Charlie Roach 
Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales

Siddharth Sheth 
Senior Vice President, Networking Interconnect

Dr. Ron Torten 
Senior Vice President of Operations and 
Information Technology

Lawrence Tse 
Senior Vice President of Engineering

Nariman Yousefi 
Senior Vice President, Coherent DSP

Non-GAAP Operating Margin & Gross Margin

**

Non-GAAP EPS

**

Non-GAAP Gross Margin

67.6%

71.7%

e

u

n

e

v

e

$0.93

n   R

a

h

a s t e r T

$1.51

73.3%

73.6%

27.1%

22.4%

g F

w i n

S  G r o

P

E

$0.30

Stock Exchange Listing 
NYSE

Ticker Symbol 
IPHI

Investor Relations 
(408) 217-7308 
investors@inphi.com

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 
Phone: 800-937-5449 
www.amstock.com

Corporate Headquarters 
Inphi Corporation 
2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Ste. 300 
Santa Clara, CA 95054 
Phone: (408) 217-7300 
www.inphi.com

Investor Information

®

0%

9.0%

Non-GAAP Operating Margin

$0

(37.2%)

($0.44)

2013

2014

2015

2016

2013

2014

2015

2016

*As measured by change from opening price on first trading day of year to closing price on last trading day of year

**Pro forma, Non-GAAP results adjusted for discontinued operations of the sale of the Memory Business

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report to Stockholders contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include, but are 
not limited to, statements regarding our strategy, the anticipated benefits and features of our products, use of our products, market acceptance and market 
share of our products, industry and market trends and investments in technology. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other 
factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, 
and reported results should not be considered as an indication of future performance. More information regarding such risks and uncertainties is contained in 
our Form 10-K attached hereto, and in other reports filed by us with the SEC from time-to-time. You are cautioned not to unduly rely on these forward-looking 
statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Inphi Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement 
to reflect circumstances or event after the date of this Annual Report or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events.

®

2953 Bunker Hill Lane. Suite 300
Santa Clara, CA  95054
Phone (408) 217-7300
Fax (408) 217-7350
Sales@inphi.com

Copyright ©2017 Inphi Corporation. 
All rights reserved. Inphi is a registered 
trademark of Inphi Corporation

The global leader in high-speed 

data movement interconnects

®

2016 Annual Report 

World-leading innovations